import of dnsmasq-2.55.tar.gz

CHANGELOG

@@ -1,3 +1,288 @@
+version 2.55
+           Fix crash when /etc/ethers is in use. Thanks to 
+	   Gianluigi Tiesi for finding this.
+
+	   Fix crash in netlink_multicast(). Thanks to Arno Wald for
+	   finding this one.
+
+	   Allow the empty domain "." in dhcp domain-search (119)
+	   options. 
+
+
+version 2.54
+           There is no version 2.54 to avoid confusion with 2.53,
+           which incorrectly identifies itself as 2.54.
+
+
+version 2.53
+            Fix failure to compile on Debian/kFreeBSD. Thanks to 
+	    Axel Beckert and Petr Salinger.
+
+	    Fix code to avoid scary strict-aliasing warnings
+	    generated by gcc 4.4.
+	    
+	    Added FAQ entry warning about DHCP failures with Vista
+	    when firewalls block 255.255.255.255.
+	    
+	    Fixed bug which caused bad things to happen if a 
+	    resolv.conf file which exists is subsequently removed.
+	    Thanks to Nikolai Saoukh for the patch.
+
+	    Rationalised the DHCP tag system. Every configuration item
+	    which can set a tag does so by adding "set:<tag>" and
+	    every configuration item which is conditional on a tag is
+	    made so by "tag:<tag>". The NOT operator changes to '!',
+	    which is a bit more intuitive too. Dhcp-host directives
+	    can set more than one tag now. The old '#' NOT, 
+	    "net:" prefix and no-prefixes are still honoured, so 
+	    no existing config file needs to be changed, but 
+	    the documentation and new-style config files should be 
+	    much less confusing. 
+
+	    Added --tag-if to allow boolean operations on tags. 
+	    This allows complicated logic to be clearer and more 
+	    general. A great suggestion from Richard Voigt. 
+
+	    Add broadcast/unicast information to DHCP logging.
+
+	    Allow --dhcp-broadcast to be unconditional.
+
+	    Fixed incorrect behaviour with NOT <tag> conditionals in
+	    dhcp-options. Thanks to Max Turkewitz for assistance
+	    finding this.
+
+	    If we send vendor-class encapsulated options based on the
+	    vendor-class supplied by the client, and no explicit 
+	    vendor-class option is given, echo back the vendor-class
+	    from the client.
+ 
+	    Fix bug which stopped dnsmasq from matching both a
+	    circuitid and a remoteid. Thanks to Ignacio Bravo for
+	    finding this.
+
+	    Add --dhcp-proxy, which makes it possible to configure
+	    dnsmasq to use a DHCP relay agent as a full proxy, with
+	    all DHCP messages passing through the proxy. This is
+	    useful if the relay adds extra information to the packets
+	    it forwards, but cannot be configured with the RFC 5107 
+	    server-override option.
+
+	    Added interface:<iface name> part to dhcp-range. The
+	    semantics of this are very odd at first sight, but it
+	    allows a single line  of the form
+	        dhcp-range=interface:virt0,192.168.0.4,192.168.0.200
+	    to be added to dnsmasq configuration which then supplies
+	    DHCP and DNS services to that interface, without affecting
+	    what services are supplied to other interfaces and 
+	    irrespective of the existance or lack of 
+                interface=<interface> 
+            lines elsewhere in the dnsmasq configuration. The idea is
+	    that such a line can be added automatically by libvirt
+	    or equivalent systems, without disturbing any manual
+	    configuration.
+
+	    Similarly to the above, allow --enable-tftp=<interface>
+
+	    Allow a TFTP root to be set separately for requests via
+	    different interfaces, --tftp-root=<path>,<interface>	     
+
+	    Correctly handle and log clashes between CNAMES and 
+	    DNS names being given to DHCP leases. This fixes a bug 
+	    which caused nonsense IP addresses to be logged. Thanks to 
+            Sergei Zhirikov for finding and analysing the problem.
+
+	    Tweak flush_log so as to avoid leaving the log
+	    file in non-blocking mode. O_NONBLOCK is a property of the
+	    file, not the process/descriptor.
+
+	    Fix contrib/Solaris10/create_package
+	    (/usr/man -> /usr/share/man) Thanks to Vita Batrla.
+
+	    Fix a problem where, if a client got a lease, then went
+	    to another subnet and got another lease, then moved back,
+	    it couldn't resume the old lease, but would instead get 
+	    a new address. Thanks to Leonardo Rodrigues for spotting
+	    this and testing the fix.
+	    
+	    Fix weird bug which sometimes omitted certain characters
+	    from the start of quoted strings in dhcp-options. Thanks
+	    to Dayton Turner for spotting the problem.
+
+	    Add facility to redirect some domains to the standard
+	    upstream servers: this allows something like 
+	    --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4 --server=/www.google.com/#
+	    which will send queries for *.google.com to 1.2.3.4,
+	    except *www.google.com which will be forwarded as usual.
+	    Thanks to AJ Weber for prompting this addition.
+ 
+	    Improve the hash-algorithm used to generate IP addresses
+	    from MAC addresses during initial DHCP address
+	    allocation. This improves performance when large numbers
+	    of hosts with similar MAC addresses all try and get an IP
+	    address at the same time. Thanks to Paul Smith for his
+	    work on this.
+
+	    Tweak DHCP code so that --bridge-interface can be used to
+	    select which IP alias of an interface should be used for
+	    DHCP purposes on Linux. If eth0 has an alias eth0:dhcp
+	    then adding  --bridge-interface=eth0:dhcp,eth0 will use 
+	    the address of eth0:dhcp to determine the correct subnet 
+	    for DHCP address allocation. Thanks to Pawel Golaszewski 
+            for prompting this and Eric Cooper for further testing.
+
+	    Add --dhcp-generate-names. Suggestion by Ferenc Wagner.
+
+	    Tweak DNS server selection algorithm when there is more
+	    than one server available for a domain, eg.
+            --server=/mydomain/1.1.1.1
+            --server=/mydomain/2.2.2.2
+	    Thanks to Alberto Cuesta-Canada for spotting a weakness
+	    here.
+
+	    Add --max-ttl. Thanks to Fredrik Ringertz for the patch.
+
+	    Allow --log-facility=- to force all logging to
+	    stderr. Suggestion from Clemens Fischer.
+
+	    Fix regression which caused configuration like
+	    --address=/.domain.com/1.2.3.4 to be rejected. The dot to the 
+	    left of the domain has been implied and not required for a
+	    long time, but it should be accepted for backward
+	    compatibility. Thanks to Andrew Burcin for spotting this.
+    
+            Add --rebind-domain-ok and --rebind-localhost-ok.
+	    Suggestion from Clemens Fischer.
+
+	    Log replies to queries of type TXT, when --log-queries 
+	    is set.
+
+	    Fix compiler warnings when compiled with -DNO_DHCP. Thanks
+	    to Shantanu Gadgil for the patch.
+
+            Updated French translation. Thanks to Gildas Le Nadan.
+
+	    Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Jan Psota.
+
+	    Updated German translation. Thanks to Matthias Andree.
+
+	    Added contrib/static-arp, thanks to Darren Hoo.
+ 
+	    Fix corruption of the domain when a name from /etc/hosts
+	    overrides one supplied by a DHCP client. Thanks to Fedor
+	    Kozhevnikov for spotting the problem.
+
+            Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Chris Chatham.
+
+
+version 2.52
+            Work around a Linux kernel bug which insists that the 
+	    length of the option passed to setsockopt must be at least
+            sizeof(int) bytes, even if we're calling SO_BINDTODEVICE
+            and the device name is "lo".  Note that this is fixed 
+	    in kernel 2.6.31, but the workaround is harmless and 
+	    allows earlier kernels to be used. Also fix dnsmasq 
+	    bug which reported the wrong address when this failed. 
+	    Thanks to Fedor for finding this.
+
+	    The API for IPv6 PKTINFO changed around Linux kernel
+	    2.6.14. Workaround the case where dnsmasq is compiled
+	    against newer headers, but then run on an old kernel:
+	    necessary for some *WRT distros.
+
+	    Re-read the set of network interfaces when re-loading
+	    /etc/resolv.conf if --bind-interfaces is not set. This
+	    handles the case that loopback interfaces do not exist
+	    when dnsmasq is first started.
+
+	    Tweak the PXE code to support port 4011. This should
+	    reduce broadcasts and make things more reliable when other
+	    servers are around. It also improves inter-operability
+	    with certain clients.
+
+	    Make a pxe-service configuration with no filename or boot 
+	    service type legal: this does a local boot. eg.
+	    pxe-service=x86PC, "Local boot" 
+
+	    Be more conservative in detecting "A for A"
+	    queries. Dnsmasq checks if the name in a type=A query looks
+	    like a dotted-quad IP address and answers the query itself
+	    if so, rather than forwarding it. Previously dnsmasq
+	    relied in the library function inet_addr() to convert
+	    addresses, and that will accept some things which are
+	    confusing in this context, like 1.2.3 or even just
+	    1234. Now we only do A for A processing for four decimal
+	    numbers delimited by dots.
+
+	    A couple of tweaks to fix compilation on Solaris. Thanks
+	    to Joel Macklow for help with this.
+
+	    Another Solaris compilation tweak, needed for Solaris
+	    2009.06. Thanks to Lee Essen for that.
+
+	    Added extract packaging stuff from Lee Essen to 
+	    contrib/Solaris10.
+          
+            Increased the default limit on number of leases to 1000
+            (from 150). This is mainly a defence against DoS attacks,
+            and for the average "one for two class C networks"
+            installation, IP address exhaustion does that just as
+            well. Making the limit greater than the number of IP
+            addresses available in such an installation removes a
+            surprise which otherwise can catch people out.
+
+	    Removed extraneous trailing space in the value of the
+	    DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING DNSMASQ_LEASE_LENGTH and
+	    DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES environment variables. Thanks to
+	    Gildas Le Nadan for spotting this.
+
+	    Provide the network-id tags for a DHCP transaction to 
+	    the lease-change script in the environment variable
+	    DNSMASQ_TAGS. A good suggestion from Gildas Le Nadan.  
+
+	    Add support for RFC3925 "Vendor-Identifying Vendor
+	    Options". The syntax looks like this:  
+	    --dhcp-option=vi-encap:<enterprise number>, .........
+
+	    Add support to --dhcp-match to allow matching against
+	    RFC3925 "Vendor-Identifying Vendor Classes". The syntax
+	    looks like this:
+	    --dhcp-match=tag,vi-encap<enterprise number>, <value>
+	    
+	    Add some application specific code to assist in
+	    implementing the Broadband forum TR069 CPE-WAN
+	    specification. The details are in contrib/CPE-WAN/README
+
+	    Increase the default DNS packet size limit to 4096, as
+	    recommended by RFC5625 section 4.4.3. This can be
+	    reconfigured using --edns-packet-max if needed. Thanks to
+	    Francis Dupont for pointing this out.
+
+	    Rewrite query-ids even for TSIG signed packets, since
+	    this is allowed by RFC5625 section 4.5.
+	    
+	    Use getopt_long by default on OS X. It has been supported
+	    since version 10.3.0. Thanks to Arek Dreyer for spotting
+	    this.
+
+	    Added up-to-date startup configuration for MacOSX/launchd
+	    in contrib/MacOSX-launchd. Thanks to Arek Dreyer for
+	    providing this.
+
+	    Fix link error when including Dbus but excluding DHCP. 
+	    Thanks to Oschtan for the bug report.
+
+            Updated French translation. Thanks to Gildas Le Nadan.
+ 
+            Updated Polish translation. Thanks to Jan Psota.
+
+	    Updated Spanish translation. Thanks to Chris Chatham.
+
+	    Fixed confusion about domains, when looking up DHCP hosts
+	    in /etc/hosts. This could cause spurious "Ignoring
+	    domain..." messages. Thanks to Fedor Kozhevnikov for
+	    finding and analysing the problem.
+
+	    
 version 2.51
             Add support for internationalised DNS. Non-ASCII characters
             in domain names found in /etc/hosts, /etc/ethers and 

FAQ

@@ -456,6 +456,16 @@ A: In almost all cases: none. If you have the normal arrangement with
    and turn on syslog-ng's dns-cache function.
 
 
+Q: DHCP doesn't work with windows Vista, but everything else is fine.
+
+A: The DHCP client on windows Vista (and possibly later versions)
+   demands that the DHCP server send replies as broadcasts. Most other
+   clients don't do this. The broadcasts are send to
+   255.255.255.255. A badly configured firewall which blocks such
+   packets will show exactly these symptoms (Vista fails, others
+   work).
+
+  
 
 
 

Makefile

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-# dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+# dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 #
 #  This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 #  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,29 +18,33 @@ BINDIR = ${PREFIX}/sbin
 MANDIR = ${PREFIX}/share/man
 LOCALEDIR = ${PREFIX}/share/locale
 
-SRC = src
-PO = po
-MAN = man
-
 PKG_CONFIG = pkg-config
 INSTALL = install
 MSGMERGE = msgmerge
 MSGFMT = msgfmt
 XGETTEXT = xgettext
 
+CFLAGS = -Wall -W -O2
+
 #################################################################
 
+SRC = src
+PO = po
+MAN = man
+
 DNSMASQ_CFLAGS=`echo $(COPTS) | ../bld/pkg-wrapper HAVE_DBUS $(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags dbus-1` 
 DNSMASQ_LIBS=  `echo $(COPTS) | ../bld/pkg-wrapper HAVE_DBUS $(PKG_CONFIG) --libs dbus-1` 
 SUNOS_LIBS= `if uname | grep SunOS 2>&1 >/dev/null; then echo -lsocket -lnsl -lposix4; fi`
 
-all :   dnsmasq
+OBJS = cache.o rfc1035.o util.o option.o forward.o network.o \
+       dnsmasq.o dhcp.o lease.o rfc2131.o netlink.o dbus.o bpf.o \
+       helper.o tftp.o log.o
 
-dnsmasq :
+all :
 	@cd $(SRC) && $(MAKE) \
- DNSMASQ_CFLAGS="$(DNSMASQ_CFLAGS)" \
+ BUILD_CFLAGS="$(DNSMASQ_CFLAGS)" \
- DNSMASQ_LIBS="$(DNSMASQ_LIBS) $(SUNOS_LIBS)" \
+ BUILD_LIBS="$(DNSMASQ_LIBS) $(SUNOS_LIBS)" \
- -f ../bld/Makefile dnsmasq 
+ -f ../Makefile dnsmasq 
 
 clean :
 	rm -f *~ $(SRC)/*.mo contrib/*/*~ */*~ $(SRC)/*.pot 
@@ -56,13 +60,12 @@ install-common :
 all-i18n :
 	@cd $(SRC) && $(MAKE) \
  I18N=-DLOCALEDIR='\"$(LOCALEDIR)\"' \
- DNSMASQ_CFLAGS="$(DNSMASQ_CFLAGS) `$(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags libidn`" \
+ BUILD_CFLAGS="$(DNSMASQ_CFLAGS) `$(PKG_CONFIG) --cflags libidn`" \
- DNSMASQ_LIBS="$(DNSMASQ_LIBS) $(SUNOS_LIBS) `$(PKG_CONFIG) --libs libidn`"  \
+ BUILD_LIBS="$(DNSMASQ_LIBS) $(SUNOS_LIBS) `$(PKG_CONFIG) --libs libidn`"  \
- -f ../bld/Makefile dnsmasq 
+ -f ../Makefile dnsmasq
 	@cd $(PO); for f in *.po; do \
 		cd ../$(SRC) && $(MAKE) \
- MSGMERGE=$(MSGMERGE) MSGFMT=$(MSGFMT) XGETTEXT=$(XGETTEXT) \
+ -f ../Makefile $${f%.po}.mo; \
- -f ../bld/Makefile $${f%.po}.mo; \
 	done
 
 install-i18n : all-i18n install-common
@@ -70,9 +73,25 @@ install-i18n : all-i18n install-common
 	cd $(MAN); ../bld/install-man $(DESTDIR)$(MANDIR) $(INSTALL)
 
 merge :
-	@cd $(SRC) && $(MAKE) XGETTEXT=$(XGETTEXT) -f ../bld/Makefile dnsmasq.pot
+	@cd $(SRC) && $(MAKE) -f ../Makefile dnsmasq.pot
 	@cd $(PO); for f in *.po; do \
 		echo -n msgmerge $$f && $(MSGMERGE) --no-wrap -U $$f ../$(SRC)/dnsmasq.pot; \
 	done
 
 
+# rules below are targets in recusive makes with cwd=$(SRC)
+
+.c.o:
+	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(COPTS) $(I18N) $(BUILD_CFLAGS) $(RPM_OPT_FLAGS) -c $<
+
+dnsmasq : $(OBJS)
+	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(BUILD_LIBS) $(LIBS) 
+
+dnsmasq.pot : $(OBJS:.o=.c) dnsmasq.h config.h
+	$(XGETTEXT) -d dnsmasq --foreign-user --omit-header --keyword=_ -o $@ -i $(OBJS:.o=.c)
+
+%.mo : ../po/%.po dnsmasq.pot
+	$(MSGMERGE) -o - ../po/$*.po dnsmasq.pot | $(MSGFMT) -o $*.mo -
+
+
+.PHONY : all clean install install-common all-i18n install-i18n merge 

bld/Makefile

@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
-CFLAGS = -Wall -W -O2
-
-OBJS = cache.o rfc1035.o util.o option.o forward.o network.o \
-       dnsmasq.o dhcp.o lease.o rfc2131.o netlink.o dbus.o bpf.o \
-       helper.o tftp.o log.o
-
-.c.o:
-	$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(COPTS) $(I18N) $(DNSMASQ_CFLAGS) $(RPM_OPT_FLAGS) -c $<
-
-dnsmasq : $(OBJS)
-	$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@  $(OBJS) $(DNSMASQ_LIBS) $(LIBS) 
- 
-dnsmasq.pot : $(OBJS:.o=.c) dnsmasq.h config.h
-	$(XGETTEXT) -d dnsmasq --foreign-user --omit-header --keyword=_ -o $@ -i $(OBJS:.o=.c)
-
-%.mo : ../po/%.po dnsmasq.pot
-	$(MSGMERGE) -o - ../po/$*.po dnsmasq.pot | $(MSGFMT) -o $*.mo -

contrib/CPE-WAN/README

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Dnsmasq from version 2.52 has a couple of rather application-specific
+features designed to allow for implementation of the DHCP part of CPE
+WAN management protocol.
+
+http://www.broadband-forum.org/technical/download/TR-069_Amendment-2.pdf
+http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TR-069
+
+The relevant sections are F.2.1 "Gateway Requirements" and F.2.5 "DHCP
+Vendor Options".
+
+First, dnsmasq checks for DHCP requests which contain an option-125
+vendor-class option which in turn holds a vendor section for IANA
+enterprise number 3561 which contains sub-options codes 1 and 2. If
+this is present  then the network-tag "cpewan-id" is set. 
+This allows dnsmasq to be configured to reply with the correct 
+GatewayManufacturerOUI, GatewaySerialNumber and GatewayProductClass like this:
+
+dhcp-option=cpewan-id,vi-encap:3561,4,"<GatewayManufacturerOUI>"
+dhcp-option=cpewan-id,vi-encap:3561,5,"<SerialNumber>"
+dhcp-option=cpewan-id,vi-encap:3561,6,"<ProductClass>"
+
+Second, the received sub-options 1, 2, and 3 are passed to the DHCP
+lease-change script as the environment variables DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_OUI,
+DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_SERIAL, and DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_CLASS respectively. This allows
+the script to be used to maintain a ManageableDevice table as
+specified in F.2.1. Note that this data is not retained in dnsmasq's
+internal DHCP lease database, so it is not available on every call to 
+the script (this is the same as some other data such as vendor and
+user classes). It will however be available for at least the "add"
+call, and should be stored then against the IP address as primary 
+key for future use.
+
+
+This feature was added to dnsmasq under sponsorship from Ericsson.
+
+

contrib/MacOSX-launchd/launchd-README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+This is a launchd item for Mac OS X and Mac OS X Server.
+For more information about launchd, the
+"System wide and per-user daemon/agent manager", see the launchd
+man page, or the wikipedia page: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Launchd
+
+This launchd item uses the following flags:
+--keep-in-foreground - this is crucial for use with launchd
+--log-queries - this is optional and you can remove it
+--log-facility=/var/log/dnsmasq.log - again optional instead of system.log
+
+To use this launchd item for dnsmasq:
+
+If you don't already have a folder /Library/LaunchDaemons, then create one:
+sudo mkdir /Library/LaunchDaemons
+sudo chown root:admin /Library/LaunchDaemons
+sudo chmod 775 /Library/LaunchDaemons 
+
+Copy uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist there and then set ownership/permissions:
+sudo cp uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist /Library/LaunchDaemons/
+sudo chown root:admin /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+sudo chmod 644 /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+
+Optionally, edit your dnsmasq configuration file to your liking.
+
+To start the launchd job, which starts dnsmaq, reboot or use the command:
+sudo launchctl load /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+
+To stop the launchd job, which stops dnsmasq, use the command:
+sudo launchctl unload /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+
+If you want to permanently stop the launchd job, so it doesn't start the job even after a reboot, use the following command:
+sudo launchctl unload -w /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+
+If you make a change to the configuration file, you should relaunch dnsmasq;
+to do this unload and then load again:
+
+sudo launchctl unload /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist
+sudo launchctl load /Library/LaunchDaemons/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist

contrib/MacOSX-launchd/uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq.plist

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>Label</key>
+	<string>uk.org.thekelleys.dnsmasq</string>
+	<key>ProgramArguments</key>
+	<array>
+		<string>/usr/local/sbin/dnsmasq</string>
+		<string>--keep-in-foreground</string>
+		<string>--log-queries</string>
+		<string>--log-facility=/var/log/dnsmasq.log</string>
+	</array>
+	<key>RunAtLoad</key>
+	<true/>
+</dict>
+</plist>

contrib/Solaris10/README-sparc

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+Hi Simon,
+
+I just wanted to let you know that I have built a Solaris .pkg install package of your dnsmasq utility for people to use.  Feel free to point them in my direction if you have people who want this sort of thing.
+
+http://ejesconsulting.wordpress.com/2010/05/12/gnu-dnsmasq-for-opensolaris-sparc/
+
+Thanks
+-evan

contrib/Solaris10/README.create_package

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Ok, script attached ... seems to be working ok for me, 
+tried to install and remove a few times. It does the
+right thing with the smf when installing, you can then 
+simply enable the service. Upon removal it cleans up the
+files but won't clean up the services (I think until
+a reboot) ... I've only started looking at the new 
+packages stuff in the last day or two, so I could be 
+missing something, but I can't find any way to force
+ a proper cleanup.
+
+It requires that you have a writable repository setup 
+as per the docs on the opensolaris website and it will
+create a dnsmasq package (package name is a variable 
+in the script). The script takes a version number for 
+the package and assumes that it's in the contrib/Solaris10 
+directory, it then works out the base tree directory 
+from $0.
+
+i.e.  $ contrib/Solaris10/create_package 2.52-1
+or   $ cd contrib/Solaris10; ./create_package 2.52-1
+
+It's a bit more complex than it could be because I 
+prefer putting the daemon in /usr/sbin and the config 
+in /etc, so the script will actually create a new 
+version of the existing contrib dnsmasq.xml.

contrib/Solaris10/create_package

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+#
+# For our package, and for the SMF script, we need to define where we
+# want things to go...
+#
+BIN_DIR="/usr/sbin"
+CONF_DIR="/etc"
+MAN_DIR="/usr/share/man/man8"
+
+PACKAGE_NAME="dnsmasq"
+
+#
+# Since we know we are in the contrib directory we can work out where
+# the rest of the tree is...
+#
+BASEDIR="`dirname $0`/../.."
+
+#
+# We need a version number to use for the package creation...
+#
+if [ $# != 1 ]; then
+	echo "Usage: $0 <package_version_number>" >&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+VERSION="$1"
+
+#
+# First thing we do is fix-up the smf file to use the paths we prefer...
+#
+if [ ! -f "${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq.xml" ]; then
+	echo "$0: unable to find contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq.xml" >&2
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+echo "Fixing up smf file ... \c"
+cat "${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq.xml" | \
+	sed 	-e "s%/usr/local/etc%${CONF_DIR}%" \
+		-e "s%/usr/local/sbin%${BIN_DIR}%" \
+		-e "s%/usr/local/man%${MAN_DIR}%" > ${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq-pkg.xml
+echo "done."
+
+echo "Creating packaging file ... \c"
+cat <<EOF >${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq_package.inc
+#
+# header
+#
+set name=pkg.name		value="dnsmasq"
+set name=pkg.description	value="dnsmasq daemon - dns, dhcp, tftp etc"
+set name=pkg.detailed_url	value="http://www.thekelleys.org.uk/dnsmasq/doc.html"
+set name=info.maintainer	value="TBD (tbd@tbd.com)"
+set name=info.upstream		value="dnsmasq-discuss@lists.thekelleys.org.uk"
+set name=info.upstream_url	value="http://www.thekelleys.org.uk/dnsmasq/doc.html"
+#
+# dependencies ... none?
+#
+
+#
+# directories
+#
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=bin path=${BIN_DIR}/
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=${CONF_DIR}/
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=${MAN_DIR}/
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=/var/
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=/var/svc
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=/var/svc/manifest
+dir mode=0755 owner=root group=sys path=/var/svc/manifest/network
+
+#
+# files
+#
+file ${BASEDIR}/src/dnsmasq mode=0555 owner=root group=bin path=${BIN_DIR}/dnsmasq
+file ${BASEDIR}/man/dnsmasq.8 mode=0555 owner=root group=bin path=${MAN_DIR}/dnsmasq.8
+file ${BASEDIR}/dnsmasq.conf.example mode=0644 owner=root group=sys path=${CONF_DIR}/dnsmasq.conf preserve=strawberry
+file ${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq-pkg.xml mode=0644 owner=root group=sys path=/var/svc/manifest/network/dnsmasq.xml restart_fmri=svc:/system/manifest-import:default
+
+EOF
+echo "done."
+
+echo "Creating package..."
+eval `pkgsend open ${PACKAGE_NAME}@${VERSION}`
+pkgsend include ${BASEDIR}/contrib/Solaris10/dnsmasq_package.inc
+if [ "$?" = 0 ]; then
+	pkgsend close
+else
+	echo "Errors"
+fi

contrib/static-arp/static-arp

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+# Contributed by Darren Hoo <darren.hoo@gmail.com>
+
+# If you use dnsmasq as DHCP server on a router, you may have
+# met with attackers trying ARP Poison Routing (APR) on your
+# local area network. This script will setup a 'permanent' entry
+# in the router's ARP table upon each DHCP transaction so as to
+# make the attacker's efforts less successful.
+
+# Usage:
+# edit /etc/dnsmasq.conf and specify the path of this script
+# to  dhcp-script, for example:
+#  dhcp-script=/usr/sbin/static-arp
+
+# if $1 is add or old, update the static arp table entry.
+# if $1 is del, then delete the entry from the table
+# if $1 is init which is called by dnsmasq at startup, it's ignored
+
+ARP=/usr/sbin/arp
+
+# Arguments.
+# $1 is action (add, del, old)
+# $2 is MAC
+# $3 is address
+# $4 is hostname (optional, may be unset)
+
+if [ ${1} = del ] ; then
+         ${ARP} -d $3
+fi
+
+if [ ${1} = old ] || [ ${1} = add ] ; then
+         ${ARP} -s $3 $2
+fi
+

dnsmasq.conf.example

@@ -66,12 +66,12 @@
 
 # You can control how dnsmasq talks to a server: this forces 
 # queries to 10.1.2.3 to be routed via eth1
-# --server=10.1.2.3@eth1
+# server=10.1.2.3@eth1
 
 # and this sets the source (ie local) address used to talk to
 # 10.1.2.3 to 192.168.1.1 port 55 (there must be a interface with that
 # IP on the machine, obviously).
-# --server=10.1.2.3@192.168.1.1#55
+# server=10.1.2.3@192.168.1.1#55
 
 # If you want dnsmasq to change uid and gid to something other
 # than the default, edit the following lines.
@@ -141,9 +141,21 @@
 # don't need to worry about this.
 #dhcp-range=192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,255.255.255.0,12h
 
-# This is an example of a DHCP range with a network-id, so that
+# This is an example of a DHCP range which sets a tag, so that
 # some DHCP options may be set only for this network.
-#dhcp-range=red,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150
+#dhcp-range=set:red,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150
+
+# Use this DHCP range only when the tag "green" is set. 
+#dhcp-range=tag:green,192.168.0.50,192.168.0.150,12h
+
+# Specify a subnet which can't be used for dynamic address allocation,
+# is available for hosts with matching --dhcp-host lines. Note that
+# dhcp-host declarations will be ignored unless there is a dhcp-range
+# of some type for the subnet in question.
+# In this case the netmask is implied (it comes from the network
+# configuration on the machine running dnsmasq) it is possible to give 
+# an explict netmask instead.
+#dhcp-range=192.168.0.0,static
  
 # Supply parameters for specified hosts using DHCP. There are lots
 # of valid alternatives, so we will give examples of each. Note that
@@ -200,29 +212,29 @@
 
 # Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to
 # the machine with ethernet address 11:22:33:44:55:66
-#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,net:red
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:44:55:66,set:red
 
 # Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to
 # any machine with ethernet address starting 11:22:33:
-#dhcp-host=11:22:33:*:*:*,net:red
+#dhcp-host=11:22:33:*:*:*,set:red
 
 # Ignore any clients which are specified in dhcp-host lines
 # or /etc/ethers. Equivalent to ISC "deny unkown-clients".
 # This relies on the special "known" tag which is set when 
 # a host is matched.
-#dhcp-ignore=#known
+#dhcp-ignore=tag:!known
 
 # Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose
 # DHCP vendorclass string includes the substring "Linux"
-#dhcp-vendorclass=red,Linux
+#dhcp-vendorclass=set:red,Linux
 
 # Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine one
 # of whose DHCP userclass strings includes the substring "accounts"
-#dhcp-userclass=red,accounts
+#dhcp-userclass=set:red,accounts
 
 # Send extra options which are tagged as "red" to any machine whose
 # MAC address matches the pattern.
-#dhcp-mac=red,00:60:8C:*:*:*
+#dhcp-mac=set:red,00:60:8C:*:*:*
 
 # If this line is uncommented, dnsmasq will read /etc/ethers and act
 # on the ethernet-address/IP pairs found there just as if they had
@@ -276,8 +288,8 @@
 
 # Specify an option which will only be sent to the "red" network
 # (see dhcp-range for the declaration of the "red" network)
-# Note that the net: part must precede the option: part.
+# Note that the tag: part must precede the option: part.
-#dhcp-option = net:red, option:ntp-server, 192.168.1.1
+#dhcp-option = tag:red, option:ntp-server, 192.168.1.1
 
 # The following DHCP options set up dnsmasq in the same way as is specified
 # for the ISC dhcpcd in
@@ -338,8 +350,8 @@
 # Boot for Etherboot gPXE. The idea is to send two different
 # filenames, the first loads gPXE, and the second tells gPXE what to
 # load. The dhcp-match sets the gpxe tag for requests from gPXE.
-#dhcp-match=gpxe,175 # gPXE sends a 175 option.
+#dhcp-match=set:gpxe,175 # gPXE sends a 175 option.
-#dhcp-boot=net:#gpxe,undionly.kpxe
+#dhcp-boot=tag:!gpxe,undionly.kpxe
 #dhcp-boot=mybootimage
  
 # Encapsulated options for Etherboot gPXE. All the options are
@@ -365,7 +377,7 @@
 #pxe-prompt="Press F8 for menu.", 60
 
 # Available boot services. for PXE.
-#pxe-service=x86PC, "Boot from local disk", 0
+#pxe-service=x86PC, "Boot from local disk"
 
 # Loads <tftp-root>/pxelinux.0 from dnsmasq TFTP server.
 #pxe-service=x86PC, "Install Linux", pxelinux 
@@ -490,11 +502,11 @@
 # set for this to work.)
 
 # A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to
-# ldapserver.example.com port 289
+# ldapserver.example.com port 389
 #srv-host=_ldap._tcp.example.com,ldapserver.example.com,389
 
 # A SRV record sending LDAP for the example.com domain to
-# ldapserver.example.com port 289 (using domain=)
+# ldapserver.example.com port 389 (using domain=)
 #domain=example.com
 #srv-host=_ldap._tcp,ldapserver.example.com,389
 

man/dnsmasq.8

@@ -65,6 +65,12 @@ cache the reply. This option gives a default value for time-to-live
 (in seconds) which dnsmasq uses to cache negative replies even in 
 the absence of an SOA record. 
 .TP
+.B --max-ttl=<time>
+Set a maximum TTL value that will be handed out to clients. The specified
+maximum TTL will be given to clients instead of the true TTL value if it is 
+lower. The true TTL value is however kept in the cache to avoid flooding 
+the upstream DNS servers.
+.TP
 .B \-k, --keep-in-foreground
 Do not go into the background at startup but otherwise run as
 normal. This is intended for use when dnsmasq is run under daemontools
@@ -84,7 +90,8 @@ Set the facility to which dnsmasq will send syslog entries, this
 defaults to DAEMON, and to LOCAL0 when debug mode is in operation. If
 the facility given contains at least one '/' character, it is taken to
 be a filename, and dnsmasq logs to the given file, instead of
-syslog. (Errors whilst reading configuration will still go to syslog,
+syslog. If the facility is '-' then dnsmasq logs to stderr.
+(Errors whilst reading configuration will still go to syslog,
 but all output from a successful startup, and all output whilst
 running, will go exclusively to the file.) When logging to a file,
 dnsmasq will close and reopen the file when it receives SIGUSR2. This 
@@ -123,8 +130,7 @@ to zero completely disables DNS function, leaving only DHCP and/or TFTP.
 .TP
 .B \-P, --edns-packet-max=<size>
 Specify the largest EDNS.0 UDP packet which is supported by the DNS
-forwarder. Defaults to 1280, which is the RFC2671-recommended maximum
+forwarder. Defaults to 4096, which is the RFC5625-recommended size.
-for ethernet.
 .TP
 .B \-Q, --query-port=<query_port>
 Send outbound DNS queries from, and listen for their replies on, the
@@ -277,6 +283,17 @@ Reject (and log) addresses from upstream nameservers which are in the
 private IP ranges. This blocks an attack where a browser behind a
 firewall is used to probe machines on the local network.
 .TP
+.B --rebind-localhost-ok
+Exempt 127.0.0.0/8 from rebinding checks. This address range is
+returned by realtime black hole servers, so blocking it may disable
+these services.
+.TP 
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=[<domain>]|[[/<domain>/[<domain>/]
+Do not detect and block dns-rebind on queries to these domains. The
+argument may be either a single domain, or multiple domains surrounded
+by '/', like the --server syntax, eg. 
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=/domain1/domain2/domain3/
+.TP
 .B \-n, --no-poll
 Don't poll /etc/resolv.conf for changes.
 .TP
@@ -311,6 +328,18 @@ address using a # character.
 More than one -S flag is allowed, with
 repeated domain or ipaddr parts as required.
 
+More specific domains take precendence over less specific domains, so:
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/2.3.4.5
+will send queries for *.google.com to 1.2.3.4, except *www.google.com,
+which will go to 2.3.4.5
+
+The special server address '#' means, "use the standard servers", so
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/#
+will send queries for *.google.com to 1.2.3.4, except *www.google.com which will
+be forwarded as usual.
+
 Also permitted is a -S
 flag which gives a domain but no IP address; this tells dnsmasq that
 a domain is local and it may answer queries from /etc/hosts or DHCP
@@ -427,7 +456,7 @@ Set the maximum number of concurrent DNS queries. The default value is
 where this needs to be increased is when using web-server log file
 resolvers, which can generate large numbers of concurrent queries.
 .TP
-.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[[net:]network-id,]<start-addr>,<end-addr>[[,<netmask>],<broadcast>][,<lease time>]
+.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[interface:<interface>,][tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>],][set:<tag],]<start-addr>,<end-addr>[,<netmask>[,<broadcast>]][,<lease time>]
 Enable the DHCP server. Addresses will be given out from the range
 <start-addr> to <end-addr> and from statically defined addresses given
 in 
@@ -443,10 +472,13 @@ networks on which the machine running dnsmasq has an interface) the
 netmask is optional. It is, however, required for networks which
 receive DHCP service via a relay agent. The broadcast address is
 always optional. It is always
-allowed to have more than one dhcp-range in a single subnet. The optional
+allowed to have more than one dhcp-range in a single subnet. 
-network-id is a alphanumeric label which marks this network so that
+
+The optional 
+.B set:<tag> 
+sets an alphanumeric label which marks this network so that
 dhcp options may be specified on a per-network basis. 
-When it is prefixed with 'net:' then its meaning changes from setting
+When it is prefixed with 'tag:' instead, then its meaning changes from setting
 a tag to matching it. Only one tag may be set, but more than one tag may be matched.
 The end address may be replaced by the keyword 
 .B static
@@ -463,8 +495,11 @@ subnet. (See
 and 
 .B pxe-service
 for details.)
+
+The interface:<interface name> section is not normally used. See the
+NOTES section for details of this.
 .TP
-.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<hwaddr>][,id:<client_id>|*][,net:<netid>][,<ipaddr>][,<hostname>][,<lease_time>][,ignore]
+.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<hwaddr>][,id:<client_id>|*][,set:<tag>][,<ipaddr>][,<hostname>][,<lease_time>][,ignore]
 Specify per host parameters for the DHCP server. This allows a machine
 with a particular hardware address to be always allocated the same
 hostname, IP address and lease time. A hostname specified like this
@@ -479,9 +514,15 @@ an infinite DHCP lease.
 .B --dhcp-host=lap,192.168.0.199 
 tells
 dnsmasq to always allocate the machine lap the IP address
-192.168.0.199. Addresses allocated like this are not constrained to be
+192.168.0.199. 
-in the range given by the --dhcp-range option, but they must be on the
+
-network being served by the DHCP server. It is allowed to use client identifiers rather than
+Addresses allocated like this are not constrained to be
+in the range given by the --dhcp-range option, but they must be in
+the same subnet as some valid dhcp-range.  For
+subnets which don't need a pool of dynamically allocated addresses,
+use the "static" keyword in the dhcp-range declaration.
+
+It is allowed to use client identifiers rather than
 hardware addresses to identify hosts by prefixing with 'id:'. Thus: 
 .B --dhcp-host=id:01:02:03:04,..... 
 refers to the host with client identifier 01:02:03:04. It is also
@@ -495,7 +536,14 @@ but not others.
 If a name appears in /etc/hosts, the associated address can be
 allocated to a DHCP lease, but only if a 
 .B --dhcp-host
-option specifying the name also exists. The special keyword "ignore"
+option specifying the name also exists. Only one hostname can be
+given in a 
+.B dhcp-host
+option, but aliases are possible by using CNAMEs. (See 
+.B --cname
+).
+
+The special keyword "ignore"
 tells dnsmasq to never offer a DHCP lease to a machine. The machine
 can be specified by hardware address, client ID or hostname, for
 instance
@@ -504,13 +552,15 @@ This is
 useful when there is another DHCP server on the network which should
 be used by some machines.
 
-The net:<network-id> sets the network-id tag
+The set:<tag> contruct sets the tag
 whenever this dhcp-host directive is in use. This can be used to 
-selectively send DHCP options just for this host. When a host matches any
+selectively send DHCP options just for this host. More than one tag
+can be set in a dhcp-host directive (but not in other places where
+"set:<tag>" is allowed). When a host matches any
 dhcp-host directive (or one implied by /etc/ethers) then the special
-network-id tag "known" is set. This allows dnsmasq to be configured to
+tag "known" is set. This allows dnsmasq to be configured to
 ignore requests from unknown machines using
-.B --dhcp-ignore=#known
+.B --dhcp-ignore=tag:!known
 Ethernet addresses (but not client-ids) may have
 wildcard bytes, so for example 
 .B --dhcp-host=00:20:e0:3b:13:*,ignore 
@@ -564,7 +614,7 @@ have exactly the same effect as
 options containing the same information. /etc/ethers is re-read when 
 dnsmasq receives SIGHUP.
 .TP
-.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[<network-id>,[<network-id>,]][encap:<opt>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],][<opt>|option:<opt-name>],[<value>[,<value>]]
+.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[tag:<tag>,[tag:<tag>,]][encap:<opt>,][vi-encap:<enterprise>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],][<opt>|option:<opt-name>],[<value>[,<value>]]
 Specify different or extra options to DHCP clients. By default,
 dnsmasq sends some standard options to DHCP clients, the netmask and
 broadcast address are set to the same as the host running dnsmasq, and
@@ -587,8 +637,8 @@ or
 The special address 0.0.0.0 is taken to mean "the address of the
 machine running dnsmasq". Data types allowed are comma separated
 dotted-quad IP addresses, a decimal number, colon-separated hex digits
-and a text string. If the optional network-ids are given then
+and a text string. If the optional tags are given then
-this option is only sent when all the network-ids are matched.
+this option is only sent when all the tags are matched.
 
 Special processing is done on a text argument for option 119, to
 conform with RFC 3397. Text or dotted-quad IP addresses as arguments
@@ -632,10 +682,16 @@ options are given which are encapsulated with the same option number
 then they will be correctly combined into one encapsulated option.
 encap: and vendor: are may not both be set in the same dhcp-option.
 
+The final variant on encapsulated options is "Vendor-Identifying
+Vendor Options" as specified by RFC3925. These are denoted like this: 
+.B --dhcp-option=vi-encap:2, 10, "text"
+The number in the vi-encap: section is the IANA enterprise number
+used to identify this option.
+
 The address 0.0.0.0 is not treated specially in
 encapsulated options.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-option-force=[<network-id>,[<network-id>,]][encap:<opt>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],]<opt>,[<value>[,<value>]]
+.B --dhcp-option-force=[tag:<tag>,[tag:<tag>,]][encap:<opt>,][vi-encap:<enterprise>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],]<opt>,[<value>[,<value>]]
 This works in exactly the same way as
 .B --dhcp-option
 except that the option will always be sent, even if the client does
@@ -650,20 +706,20 @@ DHCP options. This make extra space available in the DHCP packet for
 options but can, rarely, confuse old or broken clients. This flag
 forces "simple and safe" behaviour to avoid problems in such a case.
 .TP
-.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=<network-id>,<vendor-class>
+.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=set:<tag>,<vendor-class>
-Map from a vendor-class string to a network id tag. Most DHCP clients provide a 
+Map from a vendor-class string to a tag. Most DHCP clients provide a 
 "vendor class" which represents, in some sense, the type of host. This option 
 maps vendor classes to tags, so that DHCP options may be selectively delivered
 to different classes of hosts. For example 
-.B dhcp-vendorclass=printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
+.B dhcp-vendorclass=set:printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
 will allow options to be set only for HP printers like so:
-.B --dhcp-option=printers,3,192.168.4.4 
+.B --dhcp-option=tag:printers,3,192.168.4.4 
 The vendor-class string is
 substring matched against the vendor-class supplied by the client, to
-allow fuzzy matching.
+allow fuzzy matching. The set: prefix is optional but allowed for consistency.
 .TP
-.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=<network-id>,<user-class>
+.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=set:<tag>,<user-class>
-Map from a user-class string to a network id tag (with substring
+Map from a user-class string to a tag (with substring
 matching, like vendor classes). Most DHCP clients provide a 
 "user class" which is configurable. This option
 maps user classes to tags, so that DHCP options may be selectively delivered
@@ -671,24 +727,41 @@ to different classes of hosts. It is possible, for instance to use
 this to set a different printer server for hosts in the class
 "accounts" than for hosts in the class "engineering".
 .TP
-.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=<network-id>,<MAC address>
+.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=set:<tag>,<MAC address>
-Map from a MAC address to a network-id tag. The MAC address may include
+Map from a MAC address to a tag. The MAC address may include
 wildcards. For example
-.B --dhcp-mac=3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
+.B --dhcp-mac=set:3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
 will set the tag "3com" for any host whose MAC address matches the pattern.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-circuitid=<network-id>,<circuit-id>, --dhcp-remoteid=<network-id>,<remote-id>
+.B --dhcp-circuitid=set:<tag>,<circuit-id>, --dhcp-remoteid=set:<tag>,<remote-id>
-Map from RFC3046 relay agent options to network-id tags. This data may
+Map from RFC3046 relay agent options to tags. This data may
 be provided by DHCP relay agents. The circuit-id or remote-id is
 normally given as colon-separated hex, but is also allowed to be a
 simple string. If an exact match is achieved between the circuit or
-agent ID and one provided by a relay agent, the network-id tag is set.
+agent ID and one provided by a relay agent, the tag is set.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-subscrid=<network-id>,<subscriber-id>
+.B --dhcp-subscrid=set:<tag>,<subscriber-id>
-Map from RFC3993 subscriber-id relay agent options to network-id tags.
+Map from RFC3993 subscriber-id relay agent options to tags.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-match=<network-id>,<option number>|option:<option name>[,<value>]
+.B --dhcp-proxy[=<ip addr>]......
-Without a value, set the network-id tag if the client sends a DHCP
+A normal DHCP relay agent is only used to forward the initial parts of
+a DHCP interaction to the DHCP server. Once a client is configured, it
+communicates directly with the server. This is undesirable if the
+relay agent is addding extra information to the DHCP packets, such as
+that used by
+.B dhcp-circuitid
+and
+.B dhcp-remoteid.
+A full relay implementation can use the RFC 5107 serverid-override
+option to force the DHCP server to use the relay as a full proxy, with all
+packets passing through it. This flag provides an alternative method
+of doing the same thing, for relays which don't support RFC
+5107. Given alone, it manipulates the server-id for all interactions
+via relays. If a list of IP addresses is given, only interactions via
+relays at those addresses are affected.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-match=set:<tag>,<option number>|option:<option name>|vi-encap:<enterprise>[,<value>]
+Without a value, set the tag if the client sends a DHCP
 option of the given number or name. When a value is given, set the tag only if
 the option is sent and matches the value. The value may be of the form
 "01:ff:*:02" in which case the value must match (apart from widcards)
@@ -698,45 +771,64 @@ value. The value may also be of the same form as in
 in which case the option sent is treated as an array, and one element
 must match, so
 
---dhcp-match=efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
+--dhcp-match=set:efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
 
 will set the tag "efi-ia32" if the the number 6 appears in the list of
 architectures sent by the client in option 93. (See RFC 4578 for
 details.)  If the value is a string, substring matching is used.
+
+The special form with vi-encap:<enterpise number> matches against
+vendor-identifying vendor classes for the specified enterprise. Please
+see RFC 3925 for more details of these rare and interesting beasts.
 .TP
-.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=<network-id>[,<network-id>]
+.B --tag-if=set:<tag>[,set:<tag>[,tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]]
-When all the given network-ids match the set of network-ids derived
+Perform boolean operations on tags. Any tag appearing as set:<tag> is set if
-from the net, host, vendor and user classes, ignore the host and do
+all the tags which appear as tag:<tag> are set, (or unset when tag:!<tag> is used)
+If no tag:<tag> appears set:<tag> tags are set unconditionally.
+Any number of set: and tag: forms may appear, in any order. 
+Tag-if lines ares executed in order, so if the tag in tag:<tag> is a
+tag set by another
+.B tag-if,
+the line which sets the tag must precede the one which tests it.
+.TP
+.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]
+When all the given tags appear in the tag set ignore the host and do
 not allocate it a DHCP lease.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=<network-id>[,<network-id>]]
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]
-When all the given network-ids match the set of network-ids derived
+When all the given tags appear in the tag set, ignore any hostname
-from the net, host, vendor and user classes, ignore any hostname
 provided by the host. Note that, unlike dhcp-ignore, it is permissible
-to supply no netid tags, in which case DHCP-client supplied hostnames
+to supply no tags, in which case DHCP-client supplied hostnames
 are always ignored, and DHCP hosts are added to the DNS using only
 dhcp-host configuration in dnsmasq and the contents of /etc/hosts and
 /etc/ethers.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-broadcast=<network-id>[,<network-id>]
+.B --dhcp-generate-names=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]
-When all the given network-ids match the set of network-ids derived
+Generate a name for DHCP clients which do not otherwise have one,
-from the net, host, vendor and user classes, always use broadcast to
+using the MAC address expressed in hex, seperated by dashes. Note that
-communicate with the host when it is unconfigured. Most DHCP clients which
+if a host provides a name, it will be used by preference to this,
+unless 
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names 
+is set.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-broadcast[=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]
+When all the given tags appear in the tag set, always use broadcast to
+communicate with the host when it is unconfigured. It is permissible
+to supply no tags, in which case this is unconditional. Most DHCP clients which
 need broadcast replies set a flag in their requests so that this
 happens automatically, some old BOOTP clients do not.
 .TP
-.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[net:<network-id>,]<filename>,[<servername>[,<server address>]]
+.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[tag:<tag>,]<filename>,[<servername>[,<server address>]]
 Set BOOTP options to be returned by the DHCP server. Server name and
 address are optional: if not provided, the name is left empty, and the
 address set to the address of the machine running dnsmasq. If dnsmasq
 is providing a TFTP service (see 
 .B --enable-tftp
 ) then only the filename is required here to enable network booting.
-If the optional network-id(s) are given,
+If the optional tag(s) are given,
-they must match for this configuration to be sent. Note that
+they must match for this configuration to be sent. 
-network-ids are prefixed by "net:" to distinguish them.
 .TP
-.B --pxe-service=[net:<network-id>,]<CSA>,<menu text>,<basename>|<bootservicetype>[,<server address>]
+.B --pxe-service=[tag:<tag>,]<CSA>,<menu text>[,<basename>|<bootservicetype>][,<server address>]
 Most uses of PXE boot-ROMS simply allow the PXE
 system to obtain an IP address and then download the file specified by
 .B dhcp-boot
@@ -759,11 +851,12 @@ suffix (normally ".0") is supplied by PXE, and should not be added to
 the basename. If an integer boot service type, rather than a basename
 is given, then the PXE client will search for a
 suitable boot service for that type on the network. This search may be done
-by multicast or broadcast, or direct to a server if its IP address is provided.  A boot service
+by broadcast, or direct to a server if its IP address is provided.  
-type of 0 is special, and will abort the net boot procedure and
+If no boot service type or filename is provided (or a boot service type of 0 is specified)
+then the menu entry will abort the net boot procedure and
 continue booting from local media.
 .TP
-.B --pxe-prompt=[net:<network-id>,]<prompt>[,<timeout>]
+.B --pxe-prompt=[tag:<tag>,]<prompt>[,<timeout>]
 Setting this provides a prompt to be displayed after PXE boot. If the
 timeout is given then after the
 timeout has elapsed with no keyboard input, the first available menu
@@ -789,7 +882,7 @@ keyword in
 .TP  
 .B \-X, --dhcp-lease-max=<number>
 Limits dnsmasq to the specified maximum number of DHCP leases. The
-default is 150. This limit is to prevent DoS attacks from hosts which
+default is 1000. This limit is to prevent DoS attacks from hosts which
 create thousands of leases and use lots of memory in the dnsmasq
 process.
 .TP
@@ -826,14 +919,16 @@ tried. This flag disables this check. Use with caution.
 .TP
 .B --log-dhcp
 Extra logging for DHCP: log all the options sent to DHCP clients and
-the netid tags used to determine them.
+the tags used to determine them.
 .TP
 .B \-l, --dhcp-leasefile=<path>
 Use the specified file to store DHCP lease information.
 .TP 
 .B \-6 --dhcp-script=<path>
 Whenever a new DHCP lease is created, or an old one destroyed, the
-executable specified by this option is run. The arguments to the process
+executable specified by this option is run.  <path>
+must be an absolute pathname, no PATH search occurs. 
+The arguments to the process
 are "add", "old" or "del", the MAC
 address of the host, the IP address, and the hostname,
 if known. "add" means a lease has been created, "del" means it has
@@ -844,37 +939,61 @@ If the MAC address is from a network type other than ethernet,
 it will have the network type prepended, eg "06-01:23:45:67:89:ab" for
 token ring. The process is run as root (assuming that dnsmasq was originally run as
 root) even if dnsmasq is configured to change UID to an unprivileged user.
-The environment is inherited from the invoker of dnsmasq, and if the
+
-host provided a client-id, this is stored in the environment variable
+The environment is inherited from the invoker of dnsmasq, with some or
-DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID. If the fully-qualified domain name of the host is
+all of the following variables added.
-known, the domain part is stored in DNSMASQ_DOMAIN. 
+
+DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID if the host provided a client-id.
+
+DNSMASQ_DOMAIN if the fully-qualified domain name of the host is
+known, this is set to the  domain part.
+
 If the client provides vendor-class, hostname or user-class, 
 these are provided in DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS
 DNSMASQ_SUPPLIED_HOSTNAME and 
 DNSMASQ_USER_CLASS0..DNSMASQ_USER_CLASSn variables, but only for
 "add" actions or "old" actions when a host resumes an existing lease,
 since these data are not held in dnsmasq's lease
-database. If dnsmasq was compiled with HAVE_BROKEN_RTC, then
+database.
+
+If dnsmasq was compiled with HAVE_BROKEN_RTC, then
 the length of the lease (in seconds) is stored in
 DNSMASQ_LEASE_LENGTH, otherwise the time of lease expiry is stored in
 DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES. The number of seconds until lease expiry is
 always stored in DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING. 
+
 If a lease used to have a hostname, which is
 removed, an "old" event is generated with the new state of the lease, 
 ie no name, and the former name is provided in the environment 
-variable DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME. DNSMASQ_INTERFACE stores the name of
+variable DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME. 
+
+DNSMASQ_INTERFACE stores the name of
 the interface on which the request arrived; this is not set for "old"
-actions when dnsmasq restarts. DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS is set if the client
+actions when dnsmasq restarts. 
-used a DHCP relay to contact dnsmasq and the IP address of the relay is known.
+
+DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS is set if the client
+used a DHCP relay to contact dnsmasq and the IP address of the relay
+is known. 
+
+DNSMASQ_TAGS contains all the tags set during the
+DHCP transaction, separated by spaces.
+
 All file descriptors are
 closed except stdin, stdout and stderr which are open to /dev/null
 (except in debug mode).
-The script is not invoked concurrently: if subsequent lease 
+
-changes occur, the script is not invoked again until any existing 
+The script is not invoked concurrently: at most one instance
-invocation exits. At dnsmasq startup, the script will be invoked for
+of the script is ever running (dnsmasq waits for an instance of script to exit
+before running the next). Changes to the lease database are which
+require the script to be invoked are queued awaiting exit of a running instance.
+If this queueing allows multiple state changes occur to a single
+lease before the script can be run then 
+earlier states are discarded and the current state of that lease is
+reflected when the script finally runs. 
+
+At dnsmasq startup, the script will be invoked for
 all existing leases as they are read from the lease file. Expired
-leases will be called with "del" and others with "old". <path>
+leases will be called with "del" and others with "old". When dnsmasq
-must be an absolute pathname, no PATH search occurs. When dnsmasq
 receives a HUP signal, the script will be invoked for existing leases
 with an "old " event.
 .TP
@@ -943,17 +1062,20 @@ without an address specified when
 .B --dhcp-fqdn 
 is set.
 .TP
-.B --enable-tftp
+.B --enable-tftp[=<interface>]
 Enable the TFTP server function. This is deliberately limited to that
 needed to net-boot a client. Only reading is allowed; the tsize and
-blksize extensions are supported (tsize is only supported in octet mode).
+blksize extensions are supported (tsize is only supported in octet
+mode). See NOTES section for use of the interface argument.
+
 .TP
-.B --tftp-root=<directory>
+.B --tftp-root=<directory>[,<interface>]
 Look for files to transfer using TFTP relative to the given
 directory. When this is set, TFTP paths which include ".." are
 rejected, to stop clients getting outside the specified root.
 Absolute paths (starting with /) are allowed, but they must be within
-the tftp-root.
+the tftp-root. If the optional interface argument is given, the
+directory is only used for TFTP requests via that interface.
 .TP
 .B --tftp-unique-root
 Add the IP address of the TFTP client as a path component on the end
@@ -1140,31 +1262,41 @@ the CNAME. To work around this, add the CNAME to /etc/hosts so that
 the CNAME is shadowed too.
 
 .PP
-The network-id system works as follows: For each DHCP request, dnsmasq
+The tag system works as follows: For each DHCP request, dnsmasq
-collects a set of valid network-id tags, one from the 
+collects a set of valid tags from active configuration lines which
+include set:<tag>, including one from the 
 .B dhcp-range
 used to allocate the address, one from any matching 
 .B dhcp-host
 (and "known" if a dhcp-host matches) 
-the tag "bootp" for BOOTP requests, a tag whose name is the 
+The tag "bootp" is set for BOOTP requests, and a tag whose name is the 
-name if the interface on which the request arrived,
+name of the interface on which the request arrived is also set.
-and possibly many from matching vendor classes and user
+
-classes sent by the DHCP client. Any 
+Any configuration lines which includes one or more tag:<tag> contructs
+will only be valid if all that tags are matched in the set derived
+above. Typically this is dhcp-option.
 .B dhcp-option 
-which has network-id tags will be used in preference  to an untagged 
+which has tags will be used in preference  to an untagged 
 .B dhcp-option,
 provided that _all_ the tags match somewhere in the
-set collected as described above. The prefix '#' on a tag means 'not'
+set collected as described above. The prefix '!' on a tag means 'not'
-so --dhcp=option=#purple,3,1.2.3.4 sends the option when the
+so --dhcp=option=tag:!purple,3,1.2.3.4 sends the option when the
-network-id tag purple is not in the set of valid tags.
+tag purple is not in the set of valid tags. (If using this in a
+command line rather than a configuration file, be sure to escape !,
+which is a shell metacharacter)
 .PP
-If the network-id in a
+Note that for 
 .B dhcp-range 
-is prefixed with 'net:' then its meaning changes from setting a
+both tag:<tag> and set:<tag> are allowed, to both select the range in
-tag to matching it. Thus if there is more than dhcp-range on a subnet,
+use based on (eg) dhcp-host, and to affect the options sent, based on
-and one is tagged with a network-id which is set (for instance
+the range selected.
-from a vendorclass option) then hosts which set the netid tag will be 
+
-allocated addresses in the tagged range.
+This system evolved from an earlier, more limited one and for backward
+compatibility "net:" may be used instead of "tag:" and "set:" may be
+omitted. (Except in 
+.B dhcp-host,
+where "net:" may be used instead of "set:".) For the same reason, '#'
+may be used instead of '!' to indicate NOT.
 .PP 
 The DHCP server in dnsmasq will function as a BOOTP server also,
 provided that the MAC address and IP address for clients are given,
@@ -1177,11 +1309,56 @@ configurations or in
 configuration option is present to activate the DHCP server
 on a particular network. (Setting --bootp-dynamic removes the need for
 static address mappings.) The filename
-parameter in a BOOTP request is matched against netids in
+parameter in a BOOTP request is used as a tag,
-.B  dhcp-option 
+as is the tag "bootp", allowing some control over the options returned to
-configurations, as is the tag "bootp", allowing some control over the options returned to
 different classes of hosts.
 
+.B dhcp-range
+may have an interface name supplied as
+"interface:<interface-name>". The semantics if this are as follows:
+For DHCP, if any other dhcp-range exists _without_ an interface name,
+then the interface name is ignored and and dnsmasq behaves as if the
+interface parts did not exist, otherwise DHCP is only provided to 
+interfaces mentioned in dhcp-range
+declarations. For DNS, if there are no
+.B --interface
+or 
+.B --listen-address
+flags, behaviour is unchanged by the interface part. If either of
+these flags are present, the interfaces mentioned in
+dhcp-ranges are added to the set which get DNS service.
+
+Similarly, 
+.B enable-tftp
+may take an interface name, which enables TFTP only for a particular
+interface, ignoring 
+.B --interface 
+or
+.B --listen-address
+flags. In addition 
+.B --tftp-secure
+and
+.B --tftp-unique-root
+and
+.B --tftp-no-blocksize
+are ignored for requests from such interfaces. (A 
+.B --tftp-root
+directive giving a root path and an interface should be 
+provided too.)
+
+These rules may seem odd at first sight, but  they
+allow a single line  of the form "dhcp-range=interface:virt0,192.168.0.4,192.168.0.200"
+to be added to dnsmasq configuration which then supplies
+DHCP and DNS services to that interface, without affecting
+what services are supplied to other interfaces and irrespective of 
+the existance or lack of "interface=<interface>" 
+lines elsewhere in the dnsmasq configuration.
+"enable-tftp=virt0" and "tftp-root=<root>,virt0" do the same job for TFTP.
+ The idea is
+that such a line can be added automatically by libvirt
+or equivalent systems, without disturbing any manual
+configuration.
+
 .SH EXIT CODES
 .PP
 0 - Dnsmasq successfully forked into the background, or terminated
@@ -1212,10 +1389,7 @@ following applies to dnsmasq-2.37: earlier versions did not scale as well.
  
 .PP
 Dnsmasq is capable of handling DNS and DHCP for at least a thousand
-clients. Clearly to do this the value of 
+clients. The DHCP lease times should not be very short (less than one hour). The
-.B --dhcp-lease-max
-must be increased,
-and lease times should not be very short (less than one hour). The
 value of 
 .B --dns-forward-max 
 can be increased: start with it equal to

man/es/dnsmasq.8

@@ -49,7 +49,8 @@ ese directorio.
 .TP
 .B \-E, --expand-hosts
 Agregar el dominio a nombres sencillos (sin punto) en /etc/hosts de la
-misma manera que con nombres derivados de DHCP.
+misma manera que con nombres derivados de DHCP. Nótese que esto no
+aplica a nombres de dominio en cnames, expedientes PTR, TXT, etc.
 .TP
 .B \-T, --local-ttl=<tiempo>
 Al responder con información desde /etc/hosts o desde el archivo
@@ -67,8 +68,14 @@ informaci
 dnsmasq usa para hacer caché. Si las respuestas de servidores upstream
 omiten esta información, dnsmasq no mete la respuesta en el caché.
 Esta opción brinda un valor predeterminado para el time-to-live que
-dnsmasq usa para meter respuestas en el caché aún en la ausencia de
+dnsmasq usa para meter respuestas negativas en el caché aún en la
-un expediente SOA.
+ausencia de un expediente SOA.
+.TP
+.B --max-ttl=<tiempo>
+Fijar un valor TTL (tiempo de vida) máximo que será entregado a
+clientes. El TTL máximo especificado será otorgado a clientes en vez
+del TTL verdadero si es menor. El valor TTL real es mantenido en el caché
+para prevenir la inundación de los servidores DNS upstream.
 .TP
 .B \-k, --keep-in-foreground
 No ir hacia el fondo al iniciar, pero aparte de eso ejecutar como
@@ -90,7 +97,8 @@ Fijar la facilidad a la cual dnsmasq deber
 esto es DAEMON por predeterminado, y LOCAL0 cuando el modo debug está
 en operación. Si la facilidad brindada contiene por lo menos un carácter
 "/", se trata como un nombre de archivo, y dnsmasq bitacoreará a dicho
-archivo, en vez de syslog. (Errores durante la lectura de la configuración
+archivo, en vez de syslog. Si la facilidad es '-' entonces dnsmasq
+bitacorea a stderr. (Errores durante la lectura de la configuración
 irán a syslog todavía, pero todo output desde un inicio exitoso, y todo
 output mientras en ejecución, irá a este archivo exclusivamente.)
 Al bitacorear a un archivo, dnsmasq cerrará y reabrirá el archivo al
@@ -133,8 +141,8 @@ solo DHCP y/o TFTP.
 .TP
 .B \-P, --edns-packet-max=<tamaño>
 Especificar el paquete UDP EDNS.0 más grande que es soportado por
-el reenviador DNS. Por predeterminado es 1280, lo cual es el
+el reenviador DNS. Por predeterminado es 4096, lo cual es el
-máximo recomendado en RFC2671 para ethernet.
+tamaño recomendado en RFC5625.
 .TP
 .B \-Q, --query-port=<puerto>
 Enviar búsquedas outbound desde, y escuchar por respuestas en,
@@ -303,6 +311,17 @@ Denegar (y bitacorear) direcciones de servidores upstream que est
 dentro de rangos IP privados. Esto bloquea un ataque donde un navegador
 detrás de un firewall es usado para analizar máquinas en la red local.
 .TP
+.B --rebind-localhost-ok
+Eximir a 127.0.0.0/8 de verificaciones de rebinding. Este rango de
+direcciones es retornado por servidores de tiempo real tipo hoyo
+negro, así que bloquearlo puede deshabilitar estos servicios.
+.TP
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=[<domain>]|[[/<domain>/[<domain>/]
+No detectar y bloquear dns-rebind en búsquedas a estos dominios. El
+argumento puede ser o un dominio sencillo, o múltiples dominios
+rodeados por '/', como el syntax de --server, por ejemplo
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=/dominio1/dominio2/dominio3/
+.TP
 .B \-n, --no-poll
 No revisar periodicamente a /etc/resolv.conf en busca de cambios.
 .TP
@@ -338,6 +357,20 @@ ser especificado como parte de la direcci
 #. Más de una opción -S es permitida, con partes de dominio o
 dirección IP repetidas como sea necesario.
 
+Dominios más específicos toman precedencia sobre los menos específicos,
+así que:
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/2.3.4.5
+enviará búsquedas por *.google.com hacia 1.2.3.4, excepto
+*www.google.com, el cual irá a 2.3.4.5.
+
+La dirección especial de servidor '#' significa "usar los servidores
+estándares", así que
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/#
+enviará búsquedas por *.google.com hacia 1.2.3.4, excepto
+*www.google.com, el cual será reenviado de manera usual.
+
 También se permite una opción -S la cual brinda un dominio pero
 ninguna dirección IP; esto le dice a dnsmasq que un dominio es local
 y puede responder a búsquedas desde /etc/hosts o DHCP pero nunca
@@ -459,7 +492,7 @@ de casos. La
 es al usar resolvedores de bitácoras de servidores web, los cuales pueden
 generar un número inmenso de búsquedas simultáneas.
 .TP
-.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[[net:]network-id,]<dirección-inicio>,<dirección-final>[[,<máscara>],<broadcast>][,<tiempo de arriendo>]
+.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[interface:<interface>,][tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>],][set:<tag],]<dirección-inicio>,<dirección-final>[,<netmask>[,<broadcast>]][,<tiempo de arriendo>]
 Habilitar el servidor DHCP. Direcciones serán distribuidas desde el
 rango <dirección-inicio> hasta <dirección-final> y desde direcciones definidas
 estáticamente en opciones
@@ -476,10 +509,13 @@ cuales la m
 máscara de subred es opcional. Pero, es requerida para redes que
 reciben servicio DHCP vía un agente de relay. La dirección de
 broadcast siempre es opcional. Siempre se permite tener más de
-un rango dhcp (dhcp-range) en una subred. El parámetro opcional
+un rango dhcp (dhcp-range) en una subred.
-network-id es una etiqueta alfanumérica la cual marca esta red de
+
+El parámetro opcional
+.B set:<tag>
+fija una etiqueta alfanumérica la cual marca esta red de
 tal forma que opciones dhcp puedan ser especificadas en base a cada red.
-Cuando es prefijada con 'net:' entonces el significado cambia
+Cuando es prefijada con 'tag:' en vez, entonces el significado cambia
 de "fijar etiqueta" a "coincidir con etiqueta". Solo una etiqueta puede
 ser fijada, pero más de una puede ser revisada por coincidencias. La
 dirección final puede ser remplazada por la palabra clave
@@ -496,8 +532,11 @@ caso en el cual dnsmasq proveer
 y
 .B pxe-service
 para detalles.)
+
+La sección interface:<interface name> no es normalmente usada. Ver la
+sección NOTAS para detalles sobre esto.
 .TP
-.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<dirección de hardware>][,id:<client_id>|*][,net:<netid>][,<dirección IP>][,<nombre de host>][,<tiempo de arriendo>][,ignore]
+.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<hwaddr>][,id:<client_id>|*][,set:<tag>][,<ipaddr>][,<hostname>][,<tiempo_de_arriendo>][,ignorar]
 Especificar parámetros por host para el servidor DHCP. Esto permite
 que una máquina con una dirección de hardware particular sea siempre
 alocada el mismo nombre de host, dirección IP, y tiempo de arriendo.
@@ -512,10 +551,15 @@ le dice a dnsmasq que debe darle a la m
 ethernet 00:20:e0:3b:13:af el nombre wap, y un arriendo DHCP infinito.
 .B --dhcp-host=lap,192.168.0.199
 le dice a dnsmasq que siempre debe alocarle a la maquina lap
-la dirección IP 192.168.0.199. Direcciones alocadas de esta manera
+la dirección IP 192.168.0.199.
-no tienen que estar dentro del rango dado con la opción --dhcp-range,
+
-pero deben estar en la red siendo servida por el servidor DHCP. Se
+Direcciones alocadas de esta manera no tienen que estar dentro
-permite usar identificadores de clientes en vez de direcciones de
+del rango dado con la opción --dhcp-range, pero deben estar en la subred
+de un rango DHCP (dhcp-range) válido. Para subredes que no necesitan
+una collección de direcciones dinamicamente alocadas, usar la palabra
+clave "static" in la declaración dhcp-range.
+
+Es permitido usar identificadores de cliente en vez de direcciones de
 hardware para identificar hosts prefijando 'id:'. O sea que:
 .B --dhcp-host=id:01:02:03:04,.....
 se refiere al host con identificador de cliente 01:02:03:04.
@@ -529,7 +573,14 @@ presenta un ID de cliente algunas veces pero otras no.
 Si un nombre aparece en /etc/hosts, la dirección asociada puede
 ser alocada a un arriendo DHCP, pero solo si existe una opción
 .B --dhcp-host
-la cual especifica el nombre también. La palabra clave "ignore"
+la cual especifica el nombre también. Solo un hostname puede ser
+brindado en una opción
+.B dhcp-host
+pero aliases son posibles por medio del uso de CNAMEs. (Ver
+.B --cname
+).
+
+La palabra clave "ignore"
 le dice a dnsmasq que no debe ofrecer jamás un arriendo DHCP a
 una máquina. La máquina puede ser especificada por dirección de
 hardware, ID de cliente, o nombre de host, por ejemplo:
@@ -537,14 +588,16 @@ hardware, ID de cliente, o nombre de host, por ejemplo:
 Esto es útil cuando hay otro servidor DHCP en la red que debe ser
 usado por algúnas máquinas.
 
-El net:<network-id> fija la etiqueta network-id cuando sea que
+El set:<tag> fija la etiqueta cuando sea que
 esta directiva dhcp-host está en uso. Esto puede ser usado para
-enviar selectivamente opciones DHCP a este host. Cuando un host
+enviar selectivamente opciones DHCP a este host. Más de una etiqueta
-coincide con cualquier directiva dhcp-host (o una implicada por
+puede ser fijada en una directiva dhcp-host (pero no en otros lugares
-/etc/ethers) entonces la etiqueta network-id especial "known" es
+donde "set:<tag>" es permitido). Cuando un host coincide con 
+cualquier directiva dhcp-host (o una implicada por
+/etc/ethers) entonces la etiqueta especial "known" es
 fijada. Esto permite que dnsmasq sea configurado para ignorar
 pedidos desde máquinas desconocidas usando
-.B --dhcp-ignore=#known
+.B --dhcp-ignore=tag:!known
 Direcciones ethernet (pero no client-ids) pueden tener bytes
 comodínes, así que por ejemplo
 .B --dhcp-host=00:20:e0:3b:13:*,ignore
@@ -578,6 +631,11 @@ Leer informaci
 Leer información sobre opciones DHCP desde el archivo especificado. La
 ventaja de usar esta opción es la misma que con --dhcp-hostsfile: el
 archivo dhcp-optsfile será re-leído cuando dnsmasq recibe un SIGHUP.
+Nótese que es posible colocar la información mediante
+.B --dhcp-boot
+como opciones DHCP, usando los nombres de opción bootfile-name,
+server-ip-address, y tftp-server. Esto permite que sean incluidas en
+un archivo dhcp-optsfile.
 .TP
 .B \-Z, --read-ethers
 Leer /etc/ethers en busca de información sobre hosts para el servidor
@@ -585,9 +643,10 @@ DHCP. El formato de /etc/ethers es una direcci
 por ya sea un nombre de host o una dirección IP. Al ser leidas por
 dnsmasq, estas líneas tienen exáctamente el mismo efecto que opciones
 .B --dhcp-host
-que contienen la misma información. /etc/ethers es re-leída cuando dnsmasq recibe un SIGHUP.
+que contienen la misma información. /etc/ethers es re-leída cuando
+dnsmasq recibe un SIGHUP.
 .TP
-.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[<network-id>,[<network-id>,]][encap:<opt>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],][<opt>|option:<opt-name>],[<value>[,<value>]]
+.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[tag:<tag>,[tag:<tag>,]][encap:<opt>,][vi-encap:<enterprise>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],][<opt>|option:<opt-name>],[<value>[,<value>]]
 Especificar opciones diferentes o extra a clientes DHCP. Por
 predeterminado, dnsmasq envía algunas opciones estándar a clientes
 DHCP. La máscara de subred y dirección broadcast son fijadas igual
@@ -612,9 +671,9 @@ o
 La dirección especial 0.0.0.0 es entendida que significa "la
 dirección de la máquina que corre dnsmasq". Tipos de data permitidos
 son direcciones IP de cuatro segmentos, un número decimal, dígitos hex
-separados por colones, y un string de texto. Si las network-ids
+separados por colones, y un string de texto. Si las etiquetas
 opcionales son brindadas, entonces esta opción es solo enviada cuando
-todas las network-ids coinciden.
+todas las etiquetas coinciden.
 
 Procesamiento especial es llevado a cabo en un argumento de texto para
 la opción 119, en conforme con RFC3397. Direcciones IP textuales o de
@@ -657,9 +716,16 @@ enviar
 opciones son brindadas que están encapsuladas con el mismo número de
 opción entonces serán correctamente combinadas en una opción encapsulada.
 encap: y vendor: no pueden ser fijadas ambas dentro de la misma opción dhcp-option.
+
+La variante final en opciones encapsuladas es "Vendor-Identifying Vendor Options"
+como especificado en RFC3925. Estos son denotados así:
+.B --dhcp-option=rfc3925-encap:2, 10, "text"
+El número en la sección rfc3925-encap: es el número enterprise usado
+para identificar esta opción.
+
 La dirección 0.0.0.0 no es tratada de forma especial en opciones encapsuladas.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-option-force=[<network-id>,[<network-id>,]][encap:<opt>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],]<opt>,[<value>[,<value>]]
+.B --dhcp-option-force=[tag:<tag>,[tag:<tag>,]][encap:<opt>,][vi-encap:<enterprise>,][vendor:[<vendor-class>],]<opt>,[<value>[,<value>]]
 Esto funciona exáctamente de la misma forma que
 .B --dhcp-option
 excepto que la opción siempre será enviada, aún si el cliente no la pide en
@@ -674,20 +740,21 @@ hacia opciones DHCP. Esto crea espacio extra en el paquete DHCP para opciones,
 pero puede raramente confundir clientes viejos o defectuosos. Esta opción forza
 comportamiento "simple y sencillo" para prevenir problemas en tales casos.
 .TP
-.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=<network-id>,<vendor-class>
+.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=set:<tag>,<vendor-class>
-Trazar desde un string vendor-class a un network id. La mayoría de los
+Trazar desde un string vendor-class a una etiqueta. La mayoría de los
 clientes DHCP proveen una "vendor class" la cual representa, en cierto
 sentido, el tipo de host. Esta opción traza clases de vendedor a network
 ids, de tal forma que opciones DHCP pueden ser selectivamente entregadas
 a diferentes clases de hosts. Por ejemplo
-.B dhcp-vendorclass=printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
+.B dhcp-vendorclass=set:printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
 peritiría que opciones sean fijadas solo para impresoras HP así:
-.B --dhcp-option=printers,3,192.168.4.4 
+.B --dhcp-option=tag:printers,3,192.168.4.4
 El string vendor-class es coordinado con el vendor-class proveido por
-el cliente, para permitir coincidencias borrosas.
+el cliente, para permitir coincidencias borrosas. El prefijo set: es
+opcional, pero permitido por razones de consistencia.
 .TP
-.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=<network-id>,<user-class>
+.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=set:<tag>,<user-class>
-Trazar desde un string user-class a un network id (con coordinación
+Trazar desde un string user-class a una etiqueta (con coordinación
 substring, como con vendor-class). La mayoría de los clientes DHCP
 proveen un "user class" el cual es configurable. Esta opción traza
 clases user a network ids, de tal manera que opciones DHCP puedan
@@ -695,26 +762,43 @@ ser selectivamente enviadas a diferentes tipos de hosts. Es posible,
 por ejemplo, usar esto para especificar una impresora diferente para
 hosts en la clase "cuentas" que para los de la clase "ingenieria".
 .TP
-.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=<network-id>,<dirección MAC>
+.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=set:<tag>,<MAC address>
-Trazar desde una dirección MAC a una network id. La dirección MAC
+Trazar desde una dirección MAC a una etiqueta. La dirección MAC
 puede incluir comodínes. Por ejemplo:
-.B --dhcp-mac=3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
+.B --dhcp-mac=set:3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
 fijaría el tag "3com" a cualquier host el cual su MAC coincida con
 el patrón.
 .TP
 .B --dhcp-circuitid=<network-id>,<circuit-id>, --dhcp-remoteid=<network-id>,<remote-id>
-Trazar de opciones agente de relay RFC3046 a opciones network-id. Estos
+Trazar de opciones agente de relay RFC3046 a etiquetas. Estos
 datos pueden ser proveídos por agentes de relay DHCP. El circuit-id o
 remote-id es normlamente brindado como hex separado por doblepuntos, pero
 también se permite un string simple. Si se obtiene una coincidencia exacta
 entre el circuit o agent ID y uno proveído por un agente de relay,
-network-id es fijado.
+la etiqueta es fijada.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-subscrid=<network-id>,<subscriber-id>
+.B --dhcp-subscrid=set:<tag>,<subscriber-id>
-Trazar de opciones relay subscriber-id RFC3993 a opciones network-id.
+Trazar de opciones relay subscriber-id RFC3993 a etiquetas.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-match=<network-id>,<option number>|option:<option name>[,<value>]
+.B --dhcp-proxy[=<ip addr>]......
-Sin un valor, fijar la etiqueta network-id si el cliente envía una opción
+Un agente de relay normal es usado solamente para reenviar las partes
+iniciales de una interacción DHCP con el servidor DHCP. Una vez que
+un cliente es configurado, se comunica diectamente con el servidor. Esto
+es indeseable si el agente de relay está agregando información extra a
+los paquetes DHCP, tal como usado por
+.B dhcp-circuitid
+y
+.B dhcp-remoteid.
+Una implementación relay completa puede usar la opción serverid-override
+RFC 5107 para obligar al servidor DHCP a usar el relay como un proxy
+completo, con todos los paquetes pasando a travez de el. Esta opción
+provee una manera alternativa de hacer la misma cosa, para relays que
+no tienen soporte RFC 5107. Brindada por si sola, manipula el server-id
+para todas las interacciones via relays. Si una lista de IPs es brindada,
+solo interacciones via relays en esas direcciones son afectadas.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-match=set:<tag>,<option number>|option:<option name>|vi-encap:<enterprise>[,<value>]
+Sin un valor, fijar la etiqueta si el cliente envía una opción
 DHCP del número o valor brindado. Cuando un valor es brindado, fijar la
 etiqueta solo si la opción es enviada y coincide con el valor. El valor puede
 ser de la forma "01:ff:*:02", caso en el cual el valor debe coincidir (aparte
@@ -724,45 +808,66 @@ del final del valor. El valor tambi
 caso en el cual la opción enviada es tratada como un array, y un elemento debe
 coincidir, así que
 
---dhcp-match=efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
+--dhcp-match=set:efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
 
 fijará la etiqueta a "efi-ia32" si el número 6 aparece en la lista de
 architecturas enviada por los clientes en opción 93. (Ver RFC 4578 para
 detalles.) Si el valor es un string, coincidencia substring es usada.
-.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=<network-id>[,<network-id>]
+
-Cuando todos los network ids brindados coincidan con el juego de
+La forma especial con vi-encap:<enterpise number> busca coincidencia con
-network ids derivados de las clases net, host, y vendor, ignorar
+clases de vendedor identificadoras para el enterprise especificado. Por
-el host y no brindarle un arriendo DHCP.
+favor ver RFC 3925 para mas detalles sobre estas bestias raras e interesantes.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=<network-id>[,<network-id>]]
+.B --tag-if=set:<tag>[,set:<tag>[,tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]]
-Cuando todos los network-ids brindados coinciden con el juego de
+Llevar a cabo operaciones boolean en etiquetas. Cualquier etiqueta
-network-ids derivado de la red, host, classes de vendedor y usuario,
+que aparece como set:<tag> es fijada si todas las etiquetas que aparecen
-ignorar cualquier nombre de host proveido por el host. Nótese que,
+como tag:<tag> estan fijadas, (o desfijadas cuando tag:!<tag> es
-a diferencia de dhcp-ignore, es permisible no brindar ningún tag netid,
+usado). Si ningún tag:<tag> aparece, etiquetas set:<tag> son fijadas
+incondicionalmente. Cualquier cantidad de formas set: y tag:
+pueden aparecer, en cualquier orden. Líneas tag-if son ejecutadas
+en orden, así que si la etiqueta en tag:<tag> es una etiqueta fijada
+por otra
+.B tag-if,
+la línea que fija la etiqueta debe preceder a la que comprueba.
+.TP
+.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]
+Cuando todoas las etiquetas brindadas aparecen en el juego de etiquetas
+ignorar el host y no brindarle un arriendo DHCP.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]
+Cuando todos las etiquetas brindadas aparecen en el juego de etiquetas, ignorar cualquier nombre de host proveido por el host. Nótese que,
+a diferencia de dhcp-ignore, es permisible no brindar ninguna etiqueta,
 y en tal caso nombres de host proveidos por clientes DHCP siempre son
 ignorados, y hosts DHCP son agregados al DNS usando solo la configuración
 dhcp-host en dnsmasq y el contenido de /etc/hosts y /etc/ethers.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-broadcast=<network-id>[,<network-id>]
+.B --dhcp-generate-names=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]
-Cuando todos los network-ids brindados coinciden con el juego de network-ids
+Generar un nombre para clientes DHCP que de otra forma no tienen uno,
-derivados de la red, host, clases de vendedor y usuarios, siempre usar
+usando la dirección MAC expresada en hex, separada por guiones. Nótese
-broadcast para comunicarse con el host cuando está sin configurar. La
+que si un host provee un nombre, será usado preferiblemente sobre este,
-mayoría de clientes DHCP que necesitan respuestas broadcast fijan una
+a menos que
-opción en sus pedidos para que esto pase automaticamente, algunos
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names
-clientes BOOTP viejos no lo hacen.
+esté fijado.
 .TP
-.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[net:<network-id>,]<filename>,[<servername>[,<server address>]]
+.B --dhcp-broadcast[=tag:<tag>[,tag:<tag>]]
+Cuando todas las etiquetas aparecen en el juego de etiquetas, siempre
+usar broadcast para comunicar con el host cuando no está configurado.
+Es permisible omitir las etiquetas, caso en el cual esto es
+incondicional. La mayoría de clientes DHCP que necesitan
+respuestas broadcast fijan una opción en sus pedidos para que esto pase automaticamente, algunos clientes BOOTP viejos no lo hacen.
+.TP
+.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[tag:<tag>,]<filename>,[<servername>[,<server address>]]
 Fijar opciones BOOTP que han de ser devueltas por el servidor DHCP. Nombre
 y dirección de servidor son opcionales: si no son brindadas, el nombre es
 dejado en blanco, y la dirección es fijada a la de la máquina que corre
 dnsmasq. Si dnsmasq está brindando servicio TFTP (ver
 .B --enable-tftp
 ) entonces solo el nombre de archivo es requirido aquí para habilitar
-el inicio atravéz de una red. Si las opcionales network-ids son brindadas,
+el inicio atravéz de una red. Si las opcionales etiquetas son brindadas,
 ellas deberán coincidir para que esta configuración sea enviada. Nótese
 que network-ids están prefijadas con "net:" para distinguirlas.
 .TP
-.B --pxe-service=[net:<network-id>,]<CSA>,<texto de menú>,<nombre base>|<tipo de servicio boot>[,<dirección de servidor>]
+.B --pxe-service=[tag:<tag>,]<CSA>,<menu text>[,<basename>|<bootservicetype>][,<server address>]
 La mayoría de usos para boot-ROMS PXE simplemente permiten al sistema PXE
 obtener una dirección IP y entonces bajar el archivo especificado por
 .B dhcp-boot
@@ -784,12 +889,13 @@ direcci
 Nótese que el sufijo "layer" (normalmente ".0") es brindado por PXE, y
 no debe ser agregado al nombre base. Si un número entero es brindado en vez
 de un nombre base, entonces el cliente PXE buscará un servicio boot adecuado
-para ese tipo de red. Esta búsqueda puede ser hecha mediante multicast o
+para ese tipo de red. Esta búsqueda puede ser hecha mediante broadcast,
-broadcast, o directamente a un servidor si la dirección IP es brindada. Un
+o directamente a un servidor si la dirección IP es brindada. Si ningún tipo
-tipo de servicio boot de 0 es especial, y abortará el proceso boot de red
+de servicio boot o nombre de archivo es brindado (o un tipo de servicio boot
-y continuará desde medio local.
+de 0 es especificado), entonces la opción de menú abortará el proceso net boot
+y continuará desde el medio local.
 .TP
-.B --pxe-prompt=[net:<network-id>,]<prompt>[,<timeout>]
+.B --pxe-prompt=[tag:<tag>,]<prompt>[,<timeout>]
 Fijar esto hace que un aviso sea expuesto despues del boot PXE. Si el timeout
 es brindado, entonces despues que el timeout se haya vencido sin input del
 teclado, la primera opción del menú sera automaticamente ejecutada. Si el
@@ -815,7 +921,7 @@ en
 .TP
 .B \-X, --dhcp-lease-max=<número>
 Limita a dnsmasq a el número especificado de arriendos DHCP. El
-predeterminado es 150. El limite es para prevenir ataques DoS desde
+predeterminado es 1000. El limite es para prevenir ataques DoS desde
 hosts que crean cientos de arriendos y usan mucha de la memoria del
 proceso dnsmasq.
 .TP
@@ -855,7 +961,7 @@ cuidado.
 .TP
 .B --log-dhcp
 Bitacoréo extra para DHCP: Bitacorear todas las opciones enviadas a
-clientes DHCP y las etiquetas netid usadas para determinarlos.
+clientes DHCP y las etiquetas usadas para determinarlos.
 .TP
 .B \-l, --dhcp-leasefile=<path>
 Usar el archivo especificado para almacenar información de arriendos
@@ -864,6 +970,7 @@ DHCP.
 .B \-6 --dhcp-script=<path>
 Cuando un arriendo DHCP nuevo es creado, o uno viejo es
 destruido, el ejecutable especificado por esta opción es ejecutado.
+<path> debe ser un pathname absoluto, ninguna búsqueda PATH ocurre.
 Los argumentos para el binario son "add", "old", o "del", la dirección
 MAC del host, la dirección IP, y el hostname, si es
 conocido. "add" significa que un arriendo ha sido creado, "del" que
@@ -875,36 +982,64 @@ que no es ethernet, tendr
 "06-01:23:45:67:89:ab" para token ring. El proceso es ejecutado como root
 (asumiendo que dnsmasq fue originalmente ejecutado como root) aún si dnsmasq
 está configurado para cambiar su UID a un usuario sin privilegios.
-El ambiente es heredado del usuario que ha invocado a dnsmasq, y si el
+
-host brindó un client-id, es almacenado en la variable de ambiente
+
-DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID. Si el dominio completamente calificado del host
+El ambiente es heredado del usuario que ha invocado a dnsmasq, con algunas
-es conocido, la parte de dominio es almacenada en DNSMASQ_DOMAIN. Si
+o todas de las siguientes variables agregadas.
-el cliente brinda información de clase de vendedoro usuario,
+
-estos son brindados en las variables DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS y
+DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID si el host brindo un client-id.
+
+DNSMASQ_DOMAIN si el nombre de dominio completamente calificado del host
+es conocido, esto es fijado a la parte del dominio.
+
+Si el cliente brinda vendor-class, hostname o user-class, estos son
+brindados en las variables
+DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS, DNSMASQ_SUPPLIED_HOSTNAME, y
 DNSMASQ_USER_CLASS0..DNSMASQ_USER_CLASSn, pero solo para acciones "add"
-y "old" cuando un host resume un arriendo existente, dado a que estos
+y "old" cuando un host reanuda un arriendo existente, dado a que estos
 datos no son almacenados en la base de datos de arriendos de dnsmasq.
+
 Si dnsmasq fue compilado con HAVE_BROKEN_RTC, entonces la duración del
 arriendo (en segundos) es almacenada en DNSMASQ_LEASE_LENGTH, de otra
 manera el tiempo de vencimiento es almacenado en DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES.
 El número de segundos faltante para el vencimiento del arriendo siempre
 es almacenado en DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING.
+
 Si un arriendo solía tener un nombre de host, el cual es removido, un
 evento "old" es generado con el nuevo estado del arriendo, (por ejemplo, sin
 nombre), y el nombre anterior es brindado en la variable de ambiente
-DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME. DNSMASQ_INTERFACE almacena el nombre de la interface
+DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME.
+
+DNSMASQ_INTERFACE almacena el nombre de la interface
 en la cual llegó el pedido; esto no es fijado para acciones "viejas"
 cuando dnsmasq re-inicia.
+
+DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS es fijado si el cliente
+usó un relay DHCP para contactar a dnsmasq y la dirección IP del relay
+es conocida.
+
+DNSMASQ_TAGS contiene todas las etiquetas network-id fijadas
+durante la transacción DHCP, separadas por espacios.
+
 Todos los descriptores de archivo están cerrados
 excepto stdin, stdout, y stderr los cuales están abiertos a /dev/null
 (excepto en modo debug).
-Este guión no es invocado concurrentemente: si cambios de arriendos
+
-subsiguientes ocurren, el guión no es invocado otra vez hasta que
+Este guión no es invocado concurrentemente: máximo una instamcia del
-cualquier invocación existente haga exit. Al inicio de dnsmasq, el guión
+guión está corriendo a la vez (dnsmasq espera a que una instancia de
+guión haga exit antes de correr la siguiente). Cambios a la base de
+datos de arriendos que requieren que el guión sea invocado son puestos
+en cola esperando el exit de una instancia corriente. Si esta cola permite
+que cambios multiples de estado le ocurran a un arriendo individual antes
+de que el guión pueda ser ejecutado entonces estados anteriores son descartados
+y el estado actual del arriendo es reflejado cuando el guión finalmente corre.
+
+Al inicio de dnsmasq, el guión
 será invocado para todos los arriendos existentes mientras van siendo
 leídos desde el archivo de arriendos. Arriendos vencidos serán llamados
 con "del" y otros con "old". <path> debe ser un path absoluto, ninguna
-búsqueda PATH ocurre. Cuando dnsmasq recibe una señal HUP, el guión será
+búsqueda PATH ocurre cuando arriendos dnsmasq serán llamados con "del"
+y otros con "old". Cuando dnsmasq recibe una señal HUP, el guión será
 invocado para arriendos existentes con un evento "old".
 .TP
 .B --dhcp-scriptuser
@@ -977,18 +1112,20 @@ sin una direcci
 .B --dhcp-fqdn
 está fijado.
 .TP
-.B --enable-tftp
+.B --enable-tftp[=<interface>]
 Habilitar la función de servidor TFTP. Esto está deliberadamente limitado
 a lo necesario para hacerle a un cliente un inicio vía red. Solo lectura es
 permitida; las extensiones tsize y blksize son soportadas (tsize solo es
-soportada en modo octeto).
+soportada en modo octeto). Ver sección de NOTAS para el uso de el argumento
+de interface.
 .TP
-.B --tftp-root=<directorio>
+.B --tftp-root=<directory>[,<interface>]
 Buscar, relativo al directorio brindado, archivos para transferir mediante el
 uso de TFTP. Cuando esta opción está fijada, paths TFTP que incluyen ".." son
 rechazados, para prevenir que clientes salgan de la raíz especificada. Paths
 absolutos (los que comienzan con "/") están permitidos, pero deben estar
-dentro del tftp-root.
+dentro del tftp-root. Si el argumento opcional de interface es brindado, el
+directorio es solo usado para pedidos TFTP vía esa interface.
 .TP
 .B --tftp-unique-root
 Agregar la dirección IP del cliente TFTP como un componente path del lado del
@@ -1040,11 +1177,13 @@ Especificar un archivo de configuraci
 también es permitida en archivos de configuración, para incluir múltiples
 archivos de configuración.
 .TP
-.B \-7, --conf-dir=<directorio>
+.B \-7, --conf-dir=<directorio>[,<file-extension>......]
 Leer todos los archivos dentro del directorio brindado como archivos
-de configuración. Archivos cuyos nombres terminen con ~ o comienzen
+de configuración. Si extensiones son brindadas, cualquier archivo que
-con . o comienzen y terminen con # son ignorados. Esta opción puede
+termine en esas extensiones son ignorados. Cualquier archivos cuyos nombres
-ser brindada en la línea de comandos o en un archivo de configuración.
+terminen con ~ o comienzen con . o comienzen y terminen con # siempre son
+ignorados. Esta opción puede ser brindada en la línea de comandos o en un
+archivo de configuración.
 .SH ARCHIVO DE CONFIGURACION
 Al inicio, dnsmasq lee
 .I /etc/dnsmasq.conf,
@@ -1174,35 +1313,45 @@ apunta a un nombre sombreado, entonces buscando el CNAME a trav
 dnsmasq resultará en que la dirección no-sombreada será asociada con
 el destino del CNAME. Para circumventar esto, agregar el CNAME a
 /etc/hosts de tal manera que el CNAME es sombreado también.
+
 .PP
-El sistema network-id funciona de la siguiente manera: Para cada pedido
+El sistema de etiquetas funciona de la siguiente manera: Para cada pedido
-DHCP, dnsmasq colecciona un juego de etiquetas network-id válidas,
+DHCP, dnsmasq colecciona un juego de etiquetas válidas de líneas de
-una del
+configuración activas que incluyen set:<tag>, incluyendo una del
 .B dhcp-range
 usado para alocar la dirección, una de cualquier
 .B dhcp-host
-que coincida (y "known" si un dhcp-host coincide), la etiqueta "bootp"
+que coincida (y "known" si un dhcp-host coincide).
-para pedidos BOOTP, una etiqueta cuyo nombre es el nombre de la
+La etiqueta "bootp" es fijada para pedidos BOOTP, y una etiqueta cuyo
-interface donde llegó el pedido, y posiblemente muchas de clases
+nombre es el nombre de la interface donde llegó el pedido tambien es
-de vendedor y usuario que coincidan que hayan sido enviadas por
+fijada.
-el cliente DHCP. Cualquier opción
+
+Cualquier linea de configuración que incluya uno o mas
+construcciones tag:<tag> solo será válida si todas las etiquetas
+coinciden en el juego derivado arriba. Típicamente esto es dhcp-option.
 .B dhcp-option 
-que tenga etiquetas network-id será usada en preferencia de una opción
+que tenga etiquetas será usada en preferencia de una opción
 .B dhcp-option,
 sin etiqueta, con tal que _todas_ las etiquetas coincidan en alguna
-parte del juego coleccionado describido arriba. El prefijo "#" en una
+parte del juego coleccionado describido arriba. El prefijo '!' en una
-etiqueta significa "no" así que --dhcp=option=#purple,3,1.2.3.4 envía
+etiqueta significa "no" así que --dhcp=option=tag:!purple,3,1.2.3.4 envía
-la opción cuando la etiqueta network-id "purple" no está en el juego
+la opción cuando la etiqueta "purple" no está en el juego
-de etiquetas válidas.
+de etiquetas válidas. (Si se está usando esto en una línea de comandos
+en vez de un archivo de configuración, asegurese de escapar !, el cual
+es un metacaracter de shell.)
 .PP
-Si el network-id en un
+Nótese que para
 .B dhcp-range
-es prefijado con "net:", entonces su significado cambia de "fijar
+ambos tag:<tag> y set:<tag> son permitidos, para seleccionar el rango
-etiqueta" a "coincidir con etiqueta". O sea que si hay más de un
+en uso basado en (por ejemplo) dhcp-host, y para afectar las opciones
-dhcp-range en en una subred, y uno tiene una etiqueta network-id la
+enviadas, basadas en el rango seleccionado.
-cual está fijada (por ejemplo una opción de clase de vendedor) entonces
+
-hosts que fijen la etiqueta network-id serán alocados direcciones en
+Este sistema evolucionó de uno anterior mas limitado y para compatibildad
-el rango etiquetado.
+reversa "net:" puede ser usada en vez de "tag:" y "set:" puede ser
+omitida. (Excepto en
+.B dhcp-host,
+donde "net:" puede ser usado en vez de "set:".) Por la misma razón, '#'
+puede ser usado en vez de '!' para indicar NO.
 .PP
 El servidor DHCP de dnsmasq funcionará como servidor BOOTP tambien,
 con tal que las direcciones MAC y IP de los clientes sean brindadas,
@@ -1214,11 +1363,54 @@ o en
 .B dhcp-range 
 esté presente para activar el servidor DHCP en una red particular.
 (Fijar --bootp-dynamic elimina la necesidad de trazados estáticos.) El
-parámetro de nombre de archivos en un pedido BOOTP es revisado para
+parámetro de nombre de archivos en un pedido BOOTP es usado como
-ver si coincide con algún network-id en configuraciónes
+una etiqueta, al igual que la etiqueta "bootp", permitiendo así algún
-.B dhcp-option 
+control sobre las opciones devueltas a diferentes clases de hosts.
-al igual que la etiqueta "bootp", permitiendo así algún control sobre
+
-las opciones devueltas a diferentes clases de hosts.
+.B dhcp-range
+puede tener un nombre de interface brindado como
+"interface:<interface-name>". La semántica de esto es así:
+Para DHCP, si cualquier otro dhcp-range existe _sin_ un nombre de
+interface, entonces el nombre de interface es ignorado y dnsmasq
+se comporta como si las partes de interface no existieran, de otra forma
+DHCP solo se provee a interfaces mencionadas en declaraciones
+dhcp-range. Para DNS, si no hay opciones
+.B --interface
+o
+.B --listen-address
+el comportamiento no se modifica por la parte de interface. Si cualquiera
+de estas opciones está presente, las interfaces mencionadas en dhcp-ranges
+son agregadas all juego que obtienen servicio DNS.
+
+Similarmente,
+.B enable-tftp
+puede tomar un nombre de interface, el cual habilita TFTP solo para una
+interface en particular, ignorando opciones
+.B --interface
+o
+.B --listen-address.
+Adicionalmente, 
+.B --tftp-secure
+y
+.B --tftp-unique-root
+y
+.B --tftp-no-blocksize
+son ignorados por pedidos desde dichas interfaces. (Una directiva
+.B --tftp-root
+brindando un path raíz y una interface debe ser brindada tambien.)
+
+Estas reglas pueden parecer raras a primera vista, pero permiten que
+una simple linea de la forma
+"dhcp-range=interface:virt0,192.168.0.4,192.168.0.200" sea agregada a
+configuración dnsmasq, lo cual brinda servicios DHCP y DNS a esa interface,
+sin afectar los servicios en otras interfaces y irrespectivamente de
+la existencia o no de lineas "interface=<interface>" en alguna otra parte
+de la configuración dnsmasq.
+"enable-tftp=virt0" y "tftp-root=<root>,virt0" hacen el mismo trabajo
+para TFTP.
+La idea es que una linea así pueda ser agregada automaticamente
+por libvirt o sistemas equivalentes, sin estorbar alguna
+configuración manual.
 
 .SH CÓDIGOS EXIT
 .PP
@@ -1251,10 +1443,8 @@ no escalaban tan bien.
 
 .PP
 Dnsmasq es capaz de soportar con DNS y DHCP a por lo menos mil (1,000)
-clientes. Por supuesto que para lograr esto debe aumentarse el valor de
+clientes. Los tiempos de arriendo no deben ser muy cortos (menos
-.B --dhcp-lease-max
+de una hora). El valor de
-, y tiempos de arriendo no deben ser muy cortos (menos de una hora).
-El valor de
 .B --dns-forward-max
 puede ser aumentado: comienze con el equivalente a el número de clientes y
 auméntelo si parece lento el DNS. Nótese que el rendimiento DNS depende
@@ -1285,6 +1475,23 @@ o en un archivo hosts adicional. La lista puede ser muy larga. Dnsmasq ha sido
 probado exitósamente con un millón de nombres. Ese tamaño de archivo necesita
 un CPU de 1GHz y aproximadamente 60MB de RAM.
 
+.SH INTERNACIONALIZACION
+
+Dnsmasq puede ser compilado con soporte para internacionalización. Para hacer esto,
+los targets make "all-i18n" y "install-i18n" deberán ser usados en vez de
+los targets estándares "all" y "install". Cuando internacionalización es
+compilada, dnsmasq producirá mensajes de bitácora en el lenguaje local y soportará
+dominios internacionalizados (IDN). Nombres de dominio en /etc/hosts, /etc/ethers,
+y /etc/dnsmasq.conf que contienen carácteres no-ASCII serán traducidos a
+representación interna DNS punycode. Nótese que dnsmasq determina ambos el
+lenguaje para mensajes y el juego de carácteres asumido para archivos de configuración
+de la variable ambiental LANG. Esto debe estar fijado al valor predeterminado del sistema
+por el guión responsable de iniciar dnsmasq. Al editar archivos de configuración,
+tener cuidado de hacerlo usando solo el locale predeterminado del sistema y no
+uno especifico del usuario, dado a que dnsmasq no tiene ninguna manera directa de
+determinar el juego de caracteres en uso, y debe asumir que es el predeterminado
+del sistema.
+
 .SH ARCHIVOS
 .IR /etc/dnsmasq.conf 
 

man/fr/dnsmasq.8

@@ -73,6 +73,12 @@ option permet de doner une valeur de durée de vie par défaut (en secondes) que
 dnsmasq utilise pour mettre les réponses négatives dans son cache, même en
 l'absence d'enregistrement SOA.
 .TP
+.B --max-ttl=<durée>
+Définie la valeur de TTL maximum qui sera fournie aux clients. La valeur maximum
+de TTL spécifiée sera fournie aux clients en remplacement de la vraie valeur de TTL
+si cette dernière est supérieure. La valeur réelle de TTL est cependant conservée dans
+le cache afin d'éviter de saturer les serveurs DNS en amont.
+.TP
 .B \-k, --keep-in-foreground
 Ne pas aller en tâche de fond au lancement, mais en dehors de cela, fonctionner
 normalement. Ce mode est prévu pour les cas où Dnsmasq est lancé par daemontools
@@ -94,10 +100,12 @@ réception d'un signal SIGUSR1.
 Définit la "facility" dans laquelle Dnsmasq enverra ses entrées syslog, par
 défaut DAEMON ou LOCAL0 si le mode debug est activé. Si la "facility" contient
 au moins un caractère "/", alors Dnsmasq considère qu'il s'agit d'un fichier et
-enverra les logs dans le fichier correspondant à la place du syslog. (Les
+enverra les logs dans le fichier correspondant à la place du syslog. Si la
-erreurs lors de la lecture de la configuration vont toujours vers le syslog,
+"facility" est '-', alors dnsmasq envoie les logs sur la sortie d'erreur
-mais tous les messages postérieures à un démarrage réussi seront exclusivement
+standard stderr. (Les erreurs lors de la lecture de la configuration vont
-envoyés vers le fichier de logs). Lorsque Dnsmasq est configuré pour envoyer
+toujours vers le syslog, mais tous les messages postérieurs à un démarrage
+réussi seront exclusivement envoyés vers le fichier de logs).
+Lorsque Dnsmasq est configuré pour envoyer
 ses traces vers un fichier, la réception d'un signal SIGUSR2 entraine la
 fermeture et réouverture du fichier. Cela permet la rotation de fichiers de
 traces sans nécessiter l'arrêt de Dnsmasq.
@@ -140,8 +148,7 @@ que le DHCP ou le TFTP.
 .TP
 .B \-P, --edns-packet-max=<taille>
 Spécifie la taille maximum de paquet UDP EDNS.0 supporté par le relai DNS. Le
-défaut est de 1280, qui est la valeur maximale
+défaut est de 4096, qui est la valeur recommandée dans la RFC5625.
-recommandée pour ethernet dans la RFC2671.
 .TP
 .B \-Q, --query-port=<numéro de port>
 Envoie et écoute les requêtes DNS sortantes depuis le port UDP spécifié par
@@ -318,6 +325,19 @@ serveurs amonts suite à une résolution de nom. Cela bloque les attaques cherch
 à détourner de leur usage les logiciels de navigation web ('browser') en s'en
 servant pour découvrir les machines situées sur le réseau local.
 .TP
+.B --rebind-localhost-ok
+Exclue 127.0.0/8 des vérifications de réassociation DNS. Cette gamme d'adresses
+est retournée par les serveurs Realtime Blackhole (RBL, utilisés dans la
+lutte contre le spam), la bloquer peut entraîner des disfonctionnements de ces
+services.
+.TP 
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=[<domaine>]|[[/<domaine>/[<domaine>/]
+Ne pas détecter ni bloquer les actions de type dns-rebind pour ces domaines.
+Cette option peut prendre comme valeur soit un nom de domaine soit plusieurs
+noms de domains entourés par des '/', selon une syntaxe similaire à l'option
+--server, c-à-d :
+.B  --rebind-domain-ok=/domaine1/domaine2/domaine3/
+.TP
 .B \-n, --no-poll
 Ne pas vérifier régulièrement si le fichier /etc/resolv.conf a été modifié.
 .TP
@@ -355,6 +375,20 @@ option
 .B -S
 est autorisée, en répétant les domaines et adresses IP comme requis.
 
+Le domaine le plus spécifique l'emporte sur le domaine le moins spécifique,
+ainsi :
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/2.3.4.5
+enverra les requêtes pour *.google.com à 1.2.3.4, à l'exception des requêtes
+*www.google.com, qui seront envoyées à 2.3.4.5.
+
+L'adresse spéciale '#' signifie "utiliser les serveurs standards", ainsi
+.B --server=/google.com/1.2.3.4
+.B --server=/www.google.com/#
+enverra les requêtes pour *.google.com à 1.2.3.4, à l'exception des requêtes
+pour *www.google.com qui seront envoyées comme d'habitude (c-à-d aux serveurs
+définis par défaut).
+
 Il est également permis de donner une option
 .B -S
 avec un nom de domaine mais sans
@@ -503,7 +537,7 @@ lorsqu'un serveur web a la résolution de nom activée pour l'enregistrement de
 son journal des requêtes, ce qui peut générer un nombre important de requêtes
 simultanées.
 .TP
-.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[[net:]identifiant de réseau,]<adresse de début>,<adresse de fin>[[,<masque de réseau>],<broadcast>][,<durée de bail>]
+.B \-F, --dhcp-range=[interface:<interface>,][tag:<label>[,tag:<label>],][set:<label],]<adresse de début>,<adresse de fin>[,<masque de réseau>[,<broadcast>]][,<durée de bail>]
 Active le serveur DHCP. Les adresses seront données dans la plage comprise entre
 <adresse de début> et <adresse de fin> et à partir des adresses définies
 statiquement dans l'option
@@ -523,10 +557,11 @@ relais DHCP ("relay agent"). L'adresse de broadcast est toujours optionnelle.
 
 Il est toujours possible d'avoir plus d'une plage DHCP pour un même
 sous-réseau.
-
+L'identifiant de label optionnel
-L'identifiant de réseau optionnel est un label alphanumérique qui permet de
+.B set:<label>
-marquer ce réseau afin de fournir des options DHCP spécifiques à chaque réseau.
+fournie une étiquette alphanumérique qui identifie ce réseau, afin de permettre
-Lorsque préfixé par 'net:', la signification change est au lieu de définir un
+la fourniture d'options DHCP spécifiques à chaque réseau.
+Lorsque préfixé par 'tag:', la signification change, et au lieu de définir un
 label, il définit le label pour laquelle la règle s'applique. Un seul label peut-
 être défini mais plusieurs labels peuvent coïncider.
 
@@ -546,8 +581,11 @@ spécifié. (voir
 et
 .B pxe-service
 pour plus de détails).
+
+La section interface:<nom d'interface> n'est normalement pas utilisée. Se
+référer aux indications de la section NOTES pour plus de détail à ce sujet.
 .TP
-.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<adresse matérielle>][,id:<identifiant client>|*][,net:<identifiant de réseau>][,<adresse IP>][,<nom d'hôte>][,<durée de bail>][,ignore]
+.B \-G, --dhcp-host=[<adresse matérielle>][,id:<identifiant client>|*][,set:<label>][,<adresse IP>][,<nom d'hôte>][,<durée de bail>][,ignore]
 Spécifie les paramètres DHCP relatifs à un hôte. Cela permet à une machine
 possédant une adresse matérielle spécifique de se voir toujours allouée les
 mêmes nom d'hôte, adresse IP et durée de bail. Un nom d'hôte spécifié comme
@@ -561,9 +599,15 @@ spécifie à Dnsmasq de fournir à la machine d'adresse matérielle
 
 .B --dhcp-host=lap,192.168.0.199 
 spécifie à Dnsmasq d'allouer toujours à la machine portant le nom lap
-l'adresse IP 92.168.0.199. Les adresses allouées comme ceci ne sont pas
+l'adresse IP 192.168.0.199.
-contraintes dans une plage d'adresse spécifiée par une option --dhcp-range, mais
+
-elles doivent être sur un réseau servi par le serveur DHCP. Il est possible
+Les adresses allouées de la sorte ne sont pas contraintes à une plage d'adresse
+spécifiée par une option --dhcp-range, mais elles se trouver dans le même
+sous-réseau qu'une plage dhcp-range valide. Pour les sous-réseaux qui n'ont pas
+besoin d'adresses dynamiquement allouées, utiliser le mot-clef "static" dans la
+déclaration de plage d'adresses dhcp-range.
+
+Il est possible
 d'utiliser des identifiants clients plutôt que des adresses matérielles pour
 identifier les hôtes, en préfixant par ceux-ci par 'id:'. Ainsi, 
 .B --dhcp-host=id:01:02:03:04,..... 
@@ -579,7 +623,13 @@ identifiant client mais pas les autres.
 Si un nom apparaît dans /etc/hosts, l'adresse associée peut être allouée à un
 bail DHCP mais seulement si une option
 .B --dhcp-host
-spécifiant le nom existe par ailleurs. Le mot clef "ignore" ("ignorer") indique
+spécifiant le nom existe par ailleurs. Seul un nom d'hôte peut-être donné dans
+une option
+.B dhcp-host
+, mais les alias sont possibles au travers de l'utilisation des CNAMEs. (Voir
+.B --cname
+).
+Le mot clef "ignore" ("ignorer") indique
 à Dnsmasq de ne jamais fournir de bail DHCP à une machine. La machine peut être
 spécifiée par son adresse matérielle, son identifiant client ou son nom d'hôte.
 Par exemple
@@ -587,14 +637,15 @@ Par exemple
 Cela est utile lorsqu'un autre serveur DHCP sur le réseau doit être utilisé par
 certaines machines.
 
-Le paramètre net:<identifiant réseau> permet de définir un
+Le paramètre set:<identifiant réseau> permet de définir un
 identifiant de réseau lorsque l'option dhcp-host est utilisée. Cela peut servir
-à sélectionner des options DHCP juste pour cet hôte. Lorsqu'une machine coïncide
+à sélectionner des options DHCP juste pour cet hôte. Plus d'un label peut être
-avec une directive dhcp-host (ou une impliquée par /etc/ethers), alors
+fourni dans une directive dhcp-host (et dans cette seule directive). Lorsqu'une
-l'identifiant réseau réservé "known" ("connu") est associé. Cela permet à
+machine coïncide avec une directive dhcp-host (ou une impliquée par
+/etc/ethers), alors le label réservé "known" ("connu") est associé. Cela permet à
 Dnsmasq d'être configuré pour ignorer les requêtes issus de machines inconnue
  par le biais de 
-.B --dhcp-ignore=#known.
+.B --dhcp-ignore=tag:!known.
 
 Les adresses ethernet (mais pas les identifiants clients) peuvent être définies
 avec des octets joker, ainsi par exemple
@@ -650,7 +701,7 @@ par Dnsmasq, ces lignes ont exactement le même effet que l'option
 contenant les mêmes informations. /etc/ethers est relu à la réception d'un
 signal SIGHUP par Dnsmasq.
 .TP
-.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[<identifiant_de_réseau>,[<identifiant_de_réseau>,]][encap:<option>,][vendor:[<classe_vendeur>],][<option>|option:<nom d'option>],[<valeur>[,<valeur>]]
+.B \-O, --dhcp-option=[tag:<label>,[tag:<label>]][encap:<option>,][vi-encap:<entreprise>,][vendor:[<classe_vendeur>],][<option>|option:<nom d'option>],[<valeur>[,<valeur>]]
 Spécifie des options différentes ou supplémentaires pour des clients DHCP. Par
 défaut, Dnsmasq envoie un ensemble standard d'options aux clients DHCP : le
 masque de réseau et l'adresse de broadcast sont les mêmes que pour l'hôte
@@ -676,8 +727,8 @@ L'adresse 0.0.0.0 prends ici le sens "d'adresse de la machine sur laquelle
 tourne Dnsmasq". Les types de données autorisées sont des adresses IP sous la
 forme de 4 chiffres séparés par des points, un nombre décimal, une liste de
 caractères hexadécimaux séparés par des 2 points, ou une chaîne de caractères.
-Si des identifiants de réseaux sont fournis, alors cette option n'est envoyée
+Si des labels optionnels sont fournis, alors cette option n'est envoyée
-qu'aux réseaux dont tous les identifiants coïncident.
+qu'aux réseaux dont tous les labels coïncident avec ceux de la requête.
 
 Un traitement spécial est effectué sur les chaînes de caractères fournies pour
 l'option 119, conformément à la RFC 3397. Les chaînes de caractères ou les
@@ -729,10 +780,17 @@ Plusieurs options encapsulées avec le même numéro d'option seront correctemen
 combinées au sein d'une seule option encapsulée. Il n'est pas possible de
 spécifier encap: et vendor: au sein d'une même option dhcp.
 
+La dernière variante pour les options encapsulées est "l'option de Vendeur
+identifiant le vendeur" ("Vendor-Identifying Vendor Options") telle que
+décrite dans le RFC3925. Celles-ci sont spécifiées comme suit :
+.B --dhcp-option=vi-encap:2, 10, "text"
+Le numéro dans la section vi-encap: est le numéro IANA de l'entreprise servant
+à identifier cette option.
+
 L'adresse 0.0.0.0 n'est pas traitée de manière particulière lorsque fournie dans
 une option encapsulée.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-option-force=[<identifiant de réseau>,[<identifiant de réseau>,]][encap:<option>,][vendor:[<classe de vendeur>],]<option>,[<valeur>[,<valeur>]]
+.B --dhcp-option-force=[tag:<label>,[tag:<label>]][encap:<option>,][vi-encap:<entreprise>,][vendor:[<classe_vendeur>],][<option>|option:<nom d'option>],[<valeur>[,<valeur>]]
 Cela fonctionne exactement de la même façon que
 .B --dhcp-option
 sauf que cette option sera toujours envoyée, même si le client ne la demande pas
@@ -750,22 +808,25 @@ quelques rares cas, perturber des clients vieux ou défectueux. Cette
 option force le comportement à l'utilisation des valeurs "simples et sûres"
 afin d'éviter des problèmes dans de tels cas.
 .TP
-.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=<identifiant de réseau>,<classe de vendeur>
+.B \-U, --dhcp-vendorclass=set:<label>,<classe de vendeur>
-Associe une chaîne de classe de vendeur à un indentifiant de réseau. La plupart
+Associe une chaîne de classe de vendeur à un label. La plupart
 des clients DHCP fournissent une "classe de vendeur" ("vendor class") qui
 représente, d'une certaine façon, le type d'hôte. Cette option associe des
 classes de vendeur à des labels, de telle sorte que des options DHCP peuvent-être
 fournie de manière sélective aux différentes classes d'hôtes. Par exemple,
+.B dhcp-vendorclass=set:printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
+ou
 .B dhcp-vendorclass=printers,Hewlett-Packard JetDirect
 permet de n'allouer des options qu'aux imprimantes HP de la manière suivante :
-.B --dhcp-option=printers,3,192.168.4.4
+.B --dhcp-option=tag:printers,3,192.168.4.4
 La chaîne de caractères de la classe de vendeur founie en argument est cherchée
 en temps que sous-chaîne de caractères au sein de la classe de vendeur fournie
 par le client, de façon à permettre la recherche d'un sous-ensemble de la chaîne
-de caractères ("fuzzy matching").
+de caractères ("fuzzy matching"). Le préfixe set: est optionnel mais autorisé
+afin de conserver une certaine homogénéité.
 .TP
-.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=<identifiant de réseau>,<classe utilisateur>
+.B \-j, --dhcp-userclass=set:<label>,<classe utilisateur>
-Associe une chaîne de classe d'utilisateur à un identifiant réseau (effectue la
+Associe une chaîne de classe d'utilisateur à un label (effectue la
 recherche sur des sous-chaînes, comme pour les classes de vendeur). La plupart
 des clients permettent de configurer une "classe d'utilisateur". Cette option
 associe une classe d'utilisateur à un label, de telle manière qu'il soit
@@ -774,28 +835,44 @@ Il est possible, par exemple, d'utiliser ceci pour définir un serveur
 d'impression différent pour les hôtes de la classe "comptes" et ceux de la
 classe "ingénierie".
 .TP
-.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=<identifiant de réseau>,<adresse MAC>
+.B \-4, --dhcp-mac=set:<label>,<adresse MAC>
-Associe une adresse matérielle (MAC) à un identifiant réseau. L'adresse
+Associe une adresse matérielle (MAC) à un label. L'adresse
 matérielle peut inclure des jokers. Par exemple
-.B --dhcp-mac=3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
+.B --dhcp-mac=set:3com,01:34:23:*:*:*
 permet de définir le label "3com" pour n'importe quel hôte dont l'adresse
 matérielle coïncide avec les critères définis.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-circuitid=<identifiant de réseau>,<identifiant de circuit>, --dhcp-remoteid=<identifiant de réseau>,<identifiant distant>
+.B --dhcp-circuitid=set:<label>,<identifiant de circuit>, --dhcp-remoteid=set:<label>,<identifiant distant>
-Associe des options de relais DHCP issus de la RFC3046 à des identifiants de
+Associe des options de relais DHCP issus de la RFC3046 à des labels.
-réseau. Cette information peut-être fournie par des relais DHCP. L'identifiant
+Cette information peut-être fournie par des relais DHCP. L'identifiant
 de circuit ou l'identifiant distant est normalement fourni sous la forme d'une
 chaîne de valeurs hexadécimales séparées par des ":", mais il est également
 possible qu'elle le soit sous la forme d'une simple chaîne de caractères. Si
 l'identifiant de circuit ou d'agent correspond exactement à celui fourni par le
-relais DHCP, alors l'identifiant de réseau est positionné.
+relais DHCP, alors le label est apposé.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-subscrid=<identifiant de réseau>,<identifiant d'abonné>
+.B --dhcp-subscrid=set:<label>,<identifiant d'abonné>
-Associe des options de relais DHCP issues de la RFC3993 à des identifiants de
+Associe des options de relais DHCP issues de la RFC3993 à des labels.
-réseau.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-match=<identifiant de réseau>,<numéro d'option>|option:<nom d'option>[,<valeur>]
+.B --dhcp-proxy[=<adresse ip>]......
-Si aucune valeur n'est spécifiée, associe l'identifiant de réseau si le client
+Un agent relai DHCP normal est uniquement utilisé pour faire suivre les
+éléments initiaux de l'interaction avec le serveur DHCP. Une fois que le
+client est configuré, il communique directement avec le serveur. Cela n'est pas
+souhaitable si le relais rajoute des informations supplémentaires aux paquets
+DHCP, telles que celles utilisées dans
+.B dhcp-circuitid
+et
+.B dhcp-remoteid.
+Une implémentation complète de relai peut utiliser l'option serverid-override
+de la RFC 5107 afin de forcer le serveur DHCP à utiliser le relai en temps que
+proxy complet, de sorte que tous les paquets passent par le relai. Cette option
+permet d'obtenir le même résultat pour des relais ne supportant pas la RFC
+5107. Fournie seule, elle manipule la valeur de server-id pour toutes les
+interactions via des relais. Si une liste d'adresses IP est donnée, seules les
+interactions avec les relais dont l'adresse est dans la liste seront affectées.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-match=set:<label>,<numéro d'option>|option:<nom d'option>|vi-encap:<entreprise>[,<valeur>]
+Si aucune valeur n'est spécifiée, associe le label si le client
 envoie une option DHCP avec le numéro ou le nom spécifié. Lorsqu'une valeur est
 fournie, positionne le label seulement dans le cas où l'option est fournie et
 correspond à la valeur. La valeur peut-être de la forme "01:ff:*:02", auquel
@@ -805,37 +882,62 @@ valeur peut aussi être de la même forme que dans
 , auquel cas l'option est traitée comme un tableau de valeur, et un des
 éléments doit correspondre, ainsi
 
---dhcp-match=efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
+--dhcp-match=set:efi-ia32,option:client-arch,6
 
 spécifie le label "efi-ia32" si le numéro 6 apparaît dnas la liste
 d'architectures envoyé par le client au sein de l'option 93. (se réferer
 au RFC 4578 pour plus de détails). Si la valeur est un chaine de caractères,
 celle-ci est recherchée (correspondance en temps que sous-chaîne).
+
+Pour la forme particulière vi-encap:<numéro d'entreprise>, la comparaison se
+fait avec les classes de vendeur "identifiant de vendeur" ("vendor-identifying
+vendor classes") pour l'entreprise dont le numéro est fourni en option.
+Veuillez vous réferer à la RFC 3925 pour plus de détail.
 .TP
-.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=<identifiant de réseau>[,<identifiant de réseau>]
+.B --tag-if=set:<label>[,set:<label>[,tag:<label>[,tag:<label>]]]
-Lorsque tous les identifiants de réseau fournis coïncident avec la liste
+Effectue une opération booléenne sur les labels. Si tous les labels
-d'identifiants réseau dérivée des classes de réseau, hôte, vendeur et
+apparaissant dans la liste tag:<label> sont positionnés, alors tous les
-utilisateur, ignorer l'hôte et ne pas donner de bail DHCP.
+la de la liste "set:<labels>" sont positionnés (ou supprimés, dans le cas
+où "tag:!<label>" utilisé).
+Si aucun tag:<label> n'est spécifié, alors tous les labels fournis par
+set:<label> sont positionnés.
+N'importe quel nombre de set: ou tag: peuvent être fournis, et l'ordre est sans
+importance.
+Les lignes tag-if sont executées dans l'ordre, ce qui fait que si un label dans
+tag:<label> est un label positionné par une rêgle
+.B tag-if,
+la ligne qui positionne le label doit précéder celle qui le teste.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=<identifiant de réseau>[,<identifiant de réseau>]]
+.B \-J, --dhcp-ignore=tag:<label>[,tag:<label>]
-Lorsque tous les identifiant de réseau coïncident avec la liste d'identifiants
+Lorsque tous les labels fournis dans l'option sont présents, ignorer l'hôte et
-réseau dérivées des classes de réseau, hôte, vendeur et utilisateur, ignorer le
+ne pas donner de bail DHCP.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names[=tag:<label>[,tag:<label>]]
+Lorsque tous les labels fournis dans l'option sont présents, ignorer le
 nom de machine fourni par l'hôte. Il est à noter que, à la différence de
-l'option "dhcp-ignore", il est permis de ne pas fournir d'identifiant réseau.
+l'option "dhcp-ignore", il est permis de ne pas fournir de label.
 Dans ce cas, les noms d'hôtes fournis par les clients DHCP seront toujours
 ignorés, et les noms d'hôtes seront ajoutés au DNS en utilisant uniquement la
 configuration dhcp-host de Dnsmasq, ainsi que le contenu des fichiers /etc/hosts
 et /etc/ethers.
 .TP
-.B --dhcp-broadcast=<identifiant de réseau>[,<identifiant de réseau>]
+.B --dhcp-generate-names=tag:<label>[,tag:<label>]
-Lorsque tous les identifiants de réseaux fournis correspondent à ceux
+Générer un nom pour les clients DHCP qui autrement n'en aurait pas, en
-obtenus à partir des classes de réseau, d'hôte ou d'utilisateur, force
+utilisant l'adresse MAC sous sa forme hexadécimale, séparée par des tirets.
-l'utilisation du broadcast pour communiquer avec l'hôte lorsque celui-ci n'est
+Noter que si un hôte fourni un nom, celui-ci sera utilisé de préférence au nom
-pas configuré. La plupart des clients DHCP nécessitant une réponse par le biais
+autogénéré, à moins que
+.B --dhcp-ignore-names 
+ne soit positionné.
+.TP
+.B --dhcp-broadcast=[tag:<label>[,tag:<label>]]
+Lorsque tous les labels fournis dans l'option sont présents, toujours utiliser
+le broadcast pour communiquer avec l'hôte lorsque celui-ci n'est
+pas configuré. Il est possible de ne spécifier aucun label, auquel cas cette
+option s'applique inconditionnellement. La plupart des clients DHCP nécessitant une réponse par le biais
 d'un broadcast activent une option dans leur requête, ce qui fait que cela
 se fait automatiquement, mais ce n'est pas la cas de certains vieux clients BOOTP.
 .TP
-.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[net:<identifiant de réseau>,]<nom de fichier>,[<nom de serveur>[,<adresse de serveur>]]
+.B \-M, --dhcp-boot=[tag:<label>,]<nom de fichier>,[<nom de serveur>[,<adresse de serveur>]]
 Spécifie les options BOOTP devant être retournées par le serveur DHCP. Le nom de
 serveur ainsi que l'adresse sont optionnels : s'ils ne sont pas fournis, le nom
 est laissé vide et l'adresse fournie est celle de la machine sur laquelle
@@ -843,11 +945,10 @@ s'exécute Dnsmasq. Si Dnsmasq founit un service TFTP (voir
 .B --enable-tftp
 ), alors seul un nom de fichier est requis ici pour permettre un démarrage par
 le réseau.
-Si d'éventuels identifiants de réseau sont fournis, ils doivent coïncider avec
+Si d'éventuels labels sont fournis, ils doivent coïncider avec
-ceux du client pour que cet élement de configuration lui soit envoyé. Il est à
+ceux du client pour que cet élement de configuration lui soit envoyé.
-noter que les identifiants de réseau doivent-être préfixés par "net:".
 .TP
-.B --pxe-service=[net:<identifiant de réseau>,]<CSA>,<entrée de menu>,<nom de fichier>|<type de service de démarrage>[,<adresse de serveur>]
+.B --pxe-service=[tag:<label>,]<CSA>,<entrée de menu>[,<nom de fichier>|<type de service de démarrage>][,<adresse de serveur>]
 La plupart des ROMS de démarrage PXE ne permettent au système PXE que la simple
 obtention d'une adresse IP, le téléchargement du fichier spécifié dans
 .B dhcp-boot
@@ -870,12 +971,14 @@ Veuillez noter que le suffixe de "couche" (en principe ".0") est fourni par PXE
 et ne doit pas être rajouté au nom de fichier. Si une valeur numérique entière
 est fournir pour le type de démarrage, en remplacement du nom de fichier, le
 client PXE devra chercher un service de démarrage de ce type sur le réseau.
-Cette recherche peut être faite via multicast ou broadcast, ou directement
+Cette recherche peut être faite via broadcast ou directement auprès d'un
-auprès d'un serveur si son adresse IP est fournie dans l'option. Un service de
+serveur si son adresse IP est fournie dans l'option.
-démarrage de type 0 est spécial et provoquera une interruption du démarrage par
+Si aucun nom de fichier n'est donné ni aucune valeur de type de service de
-le réseau ainsi que la poursuite du démarrage sur un média local.
+démarrage n'est fournie (ou qu'une valeur de 0 est donnée pour le type de
+service), alors l'entrée de menu provoque l'interruption du démarrage par
+le réseau et la poursuite du démarrage sur un média local.
 .TP
-.B --pxe-prompt=[net:<identifiant de réseau>,]<invite>[,<délai>]
+.B --pxe-prompt=[tag:<label>,]<invite>[,<délai>]
 Cette option permet d'afficher une invite à la suite du démarrage PXE. Si un
 délai est fourni, alors la première entrée du menu de démarrage sera
 automatiquement exécutée après ce délai. Si le délai vaut 0, alors la première
@@ -900,7 +1003,7 @@ dans
 .B dhcp-range.
 .TP
 .B \-X, --dhcp-lease-max=<nombre>
-Limite Dnsmasq à un maximum de <nombre> baux DHCP. Le défaut est de 150. Cette
+Limite Dnsmasq à un maximum de <nombre> baux DHCP. Le défaut est de 1000. Cette
 limite permet d'éviter des attaques de déni de service ("DoS") par des hôtes
 créant des milliers de baux et utilisant beaucoup de mémoire dans le processus
 Dnsmasq.
@@ -941,7 +1044,7 @@ utiliser avec précaution.
 .TP
 .B --log-dhcp
 Traces additionnelles pour le service DHCP : enregistre toutes les options
-envoyées aux clients DHCP et les identifiants de réseaux utilisés pour la
+envoyées aux clients DHCP et les labels utilisés pour la
 détermination de celles-ci.
 .TP
 .B \-l, --dhcp-leasefile=<chemin de fichier>
@@ -950,7 +1053,9 @@ baux DHCP.
 .TP 
 .B \-6 --dhcp-script=<chemin de fichier>
 Lorsqu'un bail DHCP est créé, ou qu'un ancien est supprimé, le fichier dont le
-chemin  est spécifié est exécuté. Les arguments fournis à celui-ci sont soit
+chemin  est spécifié est exécuté. Le <chemin de fichier> doit être un chemin
+absolu, aucune recherche n'est effectuée via la variable d'environnement PATH.
+Les arguments fournis à celui-ci sont soit
 "add" ("ajouter"), "old" ("ancien") ou "del" ("supprimer"), suivi de l'adresse
 MAC de l'hôte puis l'adresse IP et le nom d'hôte si celui-ci est
 connu."add" signifie qu'un bail a été créé, "del" signifie qu'il a été supprimé,
@@ -962,41 +1067,59 @@ nécessaire de la préceder du type de réseau, par exemple "06-01:23:45:67:89:a
 pour du token ring. Le processus est exécuté en temps que super-utilisateur 
 (si Dnsmasq a été lancé en temps que "root"), même si Dnsmasq est configuré 
 pour changer son UID pour celle d'un utilisateur non-privilégié.
-L'environnement est hérité de celui de l'invocation du processus Dnsmasq, et
+
-si l'hôte fournit un identifiant de client, celui-ci est stocké dans la
+L'environnement est hérité de celui de l'invocation du processus Dnsmasq,
-variable d'environnement DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID. Si un nom de domaine pleinement
+auquel se rajoute quelques unes ou toutes les variables décrites ci-dessous :
-qualifié (FQDN)  est connu pour l'hôte, la part relative au domaine est stockée
+
-dans DNSMASQ_DOMAIN. Si le client fournit une information de classe de vendeur,
+DNSMASQ_CLIENT_ID, si l'hôte a fourni un identifiant de client.
-de classe d'utilisateur ou un nom d'hôte, celles-ci sont positionnées dans les
+
+DNSMASQ_DOMAIN si le nom de domaine pleinement qualifié de l'hôte est connu, la
+part relative au domaine y est stockée.
+
+Si le client fournit une information de classe de vendeur, un nom d'hôte, ou
+des classes d'utilisateur, celles-ci sont fournies dans les
 variables DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS et DNSMASQ_USER_CLASS0 à DNSMASQ_USER_CLASSn
 et DNSMASQ_SUPPLIED_HOSTNAME respectivement, mais seulement pour les actions
 "add" et "old" lorsqu'un hôte reprend un bail existant, ces variables n'étant
-pas stockées dans la base de baux de Dnsmasq. Si Dnsmasq a été compilé avec
+pas stockées dans la base de baux de Dnsmasq.
-l'option HAVE_BROKEN_RTC ("horloge RTC défectueuse"), alors la durée du bail
+
-(en secondes) est stockée dans la variable DNSMASQ_LEASE_LENGTH, sinon la date
+Si Dnsmasq a été compilé avec l'option HAVE_BROKEN_RTC ("horloge RTC
-d'expiration du bail est toujours stocké dans la variable d'environnement
+défectueuse"), alors la durée du bail (en secondes) est stockée dans la
-DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES. Le nombre de secondes avant expiration est toujours
+variable DNSMASQ_LEASE_LENGTH, sinon la date d'expiration du bail est toujours
-stocké dans DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING. Si un bail était associé à un nom d'hôte et
+stocké dans la variable d'environnement DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES. Le nombre de
+secondes avant expiration est toujours stocké dans DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING.
+
+Si un bail était associé à un nom d'hôte et
 que celui-ci est supprimé, un évênement de type "old" est généré avec le
 nouveau statut du bail, c-à-d sans nom d'hôte, et le nom initial est fourni
-dans la variable d'environnement DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME. La variable
+dans la variable d'environnement DNSMASQ_OLD_HOSTNAME.
-DNSMASQ_INTERFACE contient le nom de l'interface sur laquelle la requête est
+
-arrivée; ceci n'est pas renseigné dans le cas des actions "old" ayant lieu
+La variable DNSMASQ_INTERFACE contient le nom de l'interface sur laquelle la
-après un redémarrage de dnsmasq. La variable DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS est
+requête est arrivée; ceci n'est pas renseigné dans le cas des actions "old"
-renseignée si le client a utilisé un relai DHCP pour contacter Dnsmasq, si
+ayant lieu après un redémarrage de dnsmasq.
-l'adresse IP du relai est connue.
+
+La variable DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS est renseignée si le client a utilisé un
+relai DHCP pour contacter Dnsmasq, si l'adresse IP du relai est connue.
+
+DNSMASQ_TAGS contient tous les labels fournis pendant la transaction DHCP,
+séparés par des espaces.
+
 Tous les descripteurs de fichiers sont fermés, sauf stdin, stdout et stderr qui
 sont ouverts sur /dev/null (sauf en mode déverminage).
-Le script n'est pas lancé de manière concurrente : si un autre changement de
+
-bail intervient, le script ne sera relancé que lorsque l'exécution actuelle sera
+Le script n'est pas lancé de manière concurrente : au plus une instance du
-terminée.
+script est executée à la fois (dnsmasq attends qu'une instance de script se
+termine avant de lancer la suivante). Les changements dans la base des baux
+nécessitant le lancement du script sont placé en attente dans une queue jusqu'à
+terminaison d'une instance du script en cours. Si cette mise en queue fait que
+plusieurs changements d'états apparaissent pour un bail donné avant que le
+script puisse être lancé, alors les états les plus anciens sont supprimés et
+lorsque le script sera finalement lancé, ce sera avec l'état courant du bail.
+
 Au démarrage de Dnsmasq, le script sera invoqué pour chacun des baux existants
-dans le fichier des baux. Le script sera lancé avec l'action "del" pour les baux
+dans le fichier des baux. Le script sera lancé avec l'action "del" pour les
-expirés, et "old" pour les autres. <chemin de fichier> doit être un chemin
+baux expirés, et "old" pour les autres. Lorsque Dnsmasq reçoit un signal HUP,
-absolu (c'est-à-dire partant de la racine "/"), aucune recherche n'aura lieu
+le script sera invoqué avec une action "old" pour tous les baux existants.
-dans les répertoires de la variable d'environnement PATH. Lorsque Dnsmasq reçoit
-un signal HUP, le script sera invoqué avec une action "old" pour tous les baux
-existants.
 .TP 
 .B --dhcp-scriptuser
 Spécifie l'utilisateur sous lequel le script lease-change doit être exécuté. La
@@ -1074,18 +1197,21 @@ sans gamme d'adresses de spécifié lorsque l'option
 .B --dhcp-fqdn 
 est configurée.
 .TP
-.B --enable-tftp
+.B --enable-tftp[=<interface>]
 Active la fonction serveur TFTP. Celui-ci est de manière délibérée limité aux
 fonctions nécessaires au démarrage par le réseau ("net-boot") d'un client. Seul
 un accès en lecture est possible; les extensions tsize et blksize sont supportées
-(tsize est seulement supporté en mode octet).
+(tsize est seulement supporté en mode octet). Voir dans la section NOTES les
+informations relatives à la spécification de l'interface.
 .TP
-.B --tftp-root=<répertoire>
+.B --tftp-root=<répertoire>[,<interface>]
 Les fichiers à fournir dans les transferts TFTP seront cherchés en prenant le
 répertoire fourni comme racine. Lorsque cela est fourni, les chemins TFTP
 incluant ".." sont rejetés, afin d'éviter que les clients ne puissent sortir de
 la racine spécifiée. Les chemins absolus (commençant par "/") sont autorisés,
-mais ils doivent être à la racine TFTP fournie.
+mais ils doivent être à la racine TFTP fournie. Si l'option interface est
+spécifiée, le répertoire n'est utilisé que pour les requêtes TFTP reçues sur
+cette interface.
 .TP
 .B --tftp-unique-root
 Ajouter l'adresse IP du client TFTP en temps qu'élément de chemin, à la suite
@@ -1307,38 +1433,48 @@ exception à ceci : si le DNS amont contient un CNAME qui pointe vers un nom
 présent dans /etc/hosts, alors la recherche du CNAME via Dnsmasq fournira
 l'adresse DNS amont. Pour contourner cela, il suffit de mettre l'entrée
 correspondant au CNAME dans /etc/hosts.
-
 .PP
-les identifiants de réseau fonctionnent comme suit : Dnsmasq associe à chaque
+le système de label fonctionne comme suit : pour chaque requête DHCP, dnsmasq
-requête DHCP un ensemble d'identifiants de réseau; un pour la plage d'adresse
+associe un ensemble de labels obtenus à partir des lignes de la configuration
-DHCP (
+incluant set:<label>, y compris un pour la plage d'adresse (
 .B dhcp-range
-) utilisée pour allouer l'adresse, un identifiant pour chaque entrée
+) utilisée pour allouer l'adresse, un pour chaque entrée
 .B dhcp-host
-associée (il ajoute "known" lorsqu'une entrée dhcp-host coïncide), l'étiquette
+associée (auquel est rajouté le mot-clef "known" si une entrée dhcp-host
-"bootp" pour les requêtes BOOTP, un identifiant dont le nom est le nom de
+coïncide).
-l'interface sur laquelle la requête est arrivée, et éventuellement un
+
-identifiant pour chaque classe de vendeur ou d'utilisateur
+Le label "bootp" est associé aux requêtes BOOTP, un label dont le nom est le
-fournie par le client DHCP dans sa requête. Les options DHCP (
+nom de l'interface sur laquelle la requête est arrivée.
+
+Pour les lignes de configuration comportant des éléments tag:<label>,
+seules seront valides celles pour lesquels tous les labels correspondants
+seront présents. C'est typiquement le cas des lignes dhcp-options.
+Un
 .B dhcp-option 
-) ayant un identifiant de réseau seront utilisés de préférence à celles
+possédant des labels sera utilisé de préférence à un
-sans identifiants de réseau, pour peu que
+.B dhcp-option 
-.I tous
+sans label, pour peu que _tous_ les labels positionnés correspondent à l'ensemble
-les labels correspondent.
+de labels décrit plus haut.
-Le préfixe '#' sur un label est un indicateur de négation, ainsi
+Le préfixe '!' sur un label est un indicateur de négation, ainsi
-.B --dhcp=option=#purple,3,1.2.3.4
+.B --dhcp=option=tag:!purple,3,1.2.3.4
-envoie l'option lorsque le label "purple" n'est pas dans la liste de labels
+n'envoie l'option que lorsque le label "purple" n'est pas dans la liste de
-valides pour l'hôte considéré.
+labels définis pour l'hôte considéré. (dans le cas de l'utilisation dans une
+ligne de commande au lieu d'un fichier de configuration, ne pas oublier
+d'échapper le caractère !, qui est un méta-caractère d'interpréteur de commande
+shell).
 .PP
-Si l'identifiant de réseau dans la plage d'adresses DHCP (
+Veuillez noter que pour
 .B dhcp-range
-) est préfixé par 'net:', alors sa signification change : au lieu d'associer un
+, les éléments tag:<label> et set:<label> sont tous les deux autorisés
-label à la plage spécifiée, cela indique un label de réseau devant être spécifié
+pour sélectionner la plage à utiliser selon, par exemple, le dhcp-host,
-par le client DHCP. Ainsi, s'il y a plus d'une plage d'adresses DHCP sur un
+et pour affecter l'option envoyée, sur la base de la plage sélectionnée.
-sous-réseau, et que l'une est préfixée par un identifiant de réseau (par exemple
+
-l'un spécifié dans une option de classe de vendeur), alors un hôte ayant
+Ce système a évolué d'un système plus ancien et aux possibilités plus limitées,
-l'identifiant de réseau en question positionné se verra allouer une adresse dans
+et pour des raisons de compatibilité "net:" peut être utilisé à la place de
-la plage d'adresses DHCP préfixée.
+"tag:" et "set:" peut-être omis (à l'exception de
+.B dhcp-host,
+où "net:" peut-être utilisé à la place de "set:"). Pour les mêmes raisons, '#'
+peut-être utilisé à la place de '!' pour indiquer la négation.
 .PP 
 Le serveur DHCP intégré dans Dnsmasq fonctionne également en temps que serveur
 BOOTP, pour peu que l'adresse MAC et l'adresse IP des clients soient fournies,
@@ -1351,12 +1487,55 @@ ou dans le fichier
 soit présente afin d'activer le serveur DHCP pour un réseau donné (L'option
 .B --bootp-dynamic
 supprime la nécessité des associations statiques). Le paramètre
-"filename" (nom de fichier) de la requête BOOTP est comparé avec les
+"filename" (nom de fichier) de la requête BOOTP est utilisé comme label, ainsi
-identifiants de réseaux des options
+que le label "bootp", permettant un certain contrôle sur les options retournées
-.B  dhcp-option 
-ainsi que le label "bootp", ce qui permet de contrôler les options retournées
 aux différentes classes d'hôtes.
 
+Il est possible de spécifier un nom d'interface à
+.B dhcp-range
+sous la forme "interface:<nom d'interface>". La sémantique est comme suit :
+Pour le DHCP, s'il existe une autre valeur de dhcp-range pour laquelle
+_aucun_ nom d'interface n'est donné, alors le nom d'interface est ignoré
+et dnsmasq se comporte comme si la partie spécifiant l'interface n'existait
+pas, sinon le service DHCP n'est fourni qu'aux interfaces mentionnées dans
+les déclarations dhcp-range. Pour le DNS, si il n'y a pas d'option
+.B --interface
+ou
+.B --listen-address
+, alors le comportement n'est pas impacté par la spécification d'interface. Si
+l'une ou l'autre de ces options est présente, alors les interfaces mentionnées
+dans les plages d'adresses dhcp-range sont rajoutées à la liste de celles
+où le service DNS est assuré.
+
+De manière similaire,
+.B enable-tftp
+peut prendre un nom d'interface, ce qui active le TFTP pour cette seule
+interface, en ignorant les options
+.B --interface 
+ou
+.B --listen-address
+De plus, 
+.B --tftp-secure
+, 
+.B --tftp-unique-root
+et
+.B --tftp-no-blocksize
+sont ignorées pour les requêtes sur de telles interfaces. (une directive
+.B --tftp-root
+donnant le chemin de la racine et une interface doit-être fournie).
+
+Ces règles peuvent paraître étrange à première vue, mais elles permettent
+d'ajouter à la configuration de dnsmasq des lignes de configuration de la
+forme "dhcp-range=interface:virt0,192.168.0.4,192.168.0.200" afin de fournir
+un service DHCP et DNS sur cette interface, sans pour autant affecter les
+services fournis sur d'autres interfaces, malgré l'absence de paramètres
+"interface=<interface>" sur les autres lignes de configuration.
+"enable-tftp=virt0" et "tftp-root=<root>,virt0" effectuent la même chose pour
+TFTP.
+L'idée de tout cela est de permettre l'addition de telles lignes
+automatiquement par libvirt ou un système équivalent, sans perturbation
+d'une configuration manuelle existant par ailleurs.
+
 .SH CODES DE SORTIE
 .PP
 0 - Dnsmasq s'est correctement lancé en tâche de fond, ou alors s'est
@@ -1388,10 +1567,8 @@ ultérieur : les versions précédentes ne montaient pas en charge aussi bien.
  
 .PP
 Dnsmasq est capable de gérer le DNS et DHCP pour au moins un millier de clients.
-Evidement, pour cela la valeur de 
+Pour cela, la durée des bail ne doit pas être très courte (moins d'une heure).
-.B --dhcp-lease-max
+La valeur de
-doit être augmentée et la durée des baux ne doit pas être très courte (moins
-d'une heure). La valeur de
 .B --dns-forward-max 
 peut-être augmentée : commencer par la rendre égale au nombre de clients et
 l'augmenter si le DNS semble lent. Noter que la performance du DNS dépends
@@ -1421,6 +1598,25 @@ ou d'un fichier d'hôte additionnel. Cette liste peut-être très longue, Dnsmas
 ayant été testé avec succès avec un million de noms. Cette taille de fichier
 nécessite un processeur à 1 Ghz et environ 60 Mo de RAM.
 
+.SH INTERNATIONALISATION
+Dnsmasq peut être compilé pour supporter l'internationalisation. Pour cela,
+les cibles "all-i18n" et "install-i18n" doivent être données à make, en lieu
+et place des cibles standards "all" et "install". Lorsque compilé avec le
+support de l'internationalisation, dnsmasq supporte les noms de domaines
+internationalisés ("internationalised domain names" ou IDN), et les messages de
+traces ("logs") sont écrits dans la langue locale. Les noms de domaines dans
+/etc/hosts, /etc/ethers et /etc/dnsmasq.conf contenant des caractères
+non-ASCII seront transformés selon la représentation punycode interne
+aux DNS. Veuillez noter que dnsmasq détermine la langue pour les messages
+ainsi que le jeu de caractères susceptible d'être utilisé dans les fichiers
+de configuration à partir de la variable d'environnement LANG. Ceci devrait
+être configuré à la valeur par défaut du système par les scripts démarrant
+dnsmasq. Lorsque les fichiers de configuration sont édités, veuillez faire
+attention à le faire en utilisant la valeur de locale par défaut du système
+et non une valeur spécifique à l'utilisateur, puisque dnsmasq n'a aucun
+moyen de déterminer directement la valeur de jeu de caractère utilisé,
+et assume de ce fait qu'il s'agit de la valeur par défaut du système.
+
 .SH FICHIERS
 .IR /etc/dnsmasq.conf 
 

src/bpf.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

src/cache.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -1045,7 +1045,14 @@ void cache_add_dhcp_entry(char *host_name,
       /* check all addresses associated with name */
       if (crec->flags & F_HOSTS)
 	{
-	  if (crec->addr.addr.addr.addr4.s_addr != host_address->s_addr)
+	  /* if in hosts, don't need DHCP record */
+	  in_hosts = 1;
+	  
+	  if (crec->flags & F_CNAME)
+	    my_syslog(LOG_WARNING, 
+		      _("%s is a CNAME, not giving it to the DHCP lease of %s"),
+		      host_name, inet_ntoa(*host_address));
+	  else if (crec->addr.addr.addr.addr4.s_addr != host_address->s_addr)
 	    {
 	      strcpy(daemon->namebuff, inet_ntoa(crec->addr.addr.addr.addr4));
 	      my_syslog(LOG_WARNING, 
@@ -1053,11 +1060,7 @@ void cache_add_dhcp_entry(char *host_name,
 			  "the name exists in %s with address %s"), 
 			host_name, inet_ntoa(*host_address),
 			record_source(crec->uid), daemon->namebuff);
-	      return;
 	    }	  
-	  else
-	    /* if in hosts, don't need DHCP record */
-	    in_hosts = 1;
 	}
       else if (!(crec->flags & F_DHCP))
 	{

src/config.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,19 +14,19 @@
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-#define VERSION "2.51"
+#define VERSION "2.55"
 
 #define FTABSIZ 150 /* max number of outstanding requests (default) */
 #define MAX_PROCS 20 /* max no children for TCP requests */
 #define CHILD_LIFETIME 150 /* secs 'till terminated (RFC1035 suggests > 120s) */
-#define EDNS_PKTSZ 1280 /* default max EDNS.0 UDP packet from RFC2671 */
+#define EDNS_PKTSZ 4096 /* default max EDNS.0 UDP packet from RFC5625 */
 #define TIMEOUT 10 /* drop UDP queries after TIMEOUT seconds */
 #define FORWARD_TEST 50 /* try all servers every 50 queries */
-#define FORWARD_TIME 10 /* or 10 seconds */
+#define FORWARD_TIME 20 /* or 10 seconds */
 #define RANDOM_SOCKS 64 /* max simultaneous random ports */
 #define LEASE_RETRY 60 /* on error, retry writing leasefile after LEASE_RETRY seconds */
 #define CACHESIZ 150 /* default cache size */
-#define MAXLEASES 150 /* maximum number of DHCP leases */
+#define MAXLEASES 1000 /* maximum number of DHCP leases */
 #define PING_WAIT 3 /* wait for ping address-in-use test */
 #define PING_CACHE_TIME 30 /* Ping test assumed to be valid this long. */
 #define DECLINE_BACKOFF 600 /* disable DECLINEd static addresses for this long */
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@
 #define DHCP_CLIENT_PORT 68
 #define DHCP_SERVER_ALTPORT 1067
 #define DHCP_CLIENT_ALTPORT 1068
+#define PXE_PORT 4011
 #define TFTP_PORT 69
 #define TFTP_MAX_CONNECTIONS 50 /* max simultaneous connections */
 #define LOG_MAX 5 /* log-queue length */
@@ -242,7 +243,7 @@ NOTES:
 
 #elif defined(__APPLE__)
 #define HAVE_BSD_NETWORK
-#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
+#define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
 #define HAVE_ARC4RANDOM
 #define HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
 /* Define before sys/socket.h is included so we get socklen_t */
@@ -259,8 +260,6 @@ NOTES:
 #define HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
 #undef HAVE_ARC4RANDOM
 #undef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
-#define _XPG4_2
-#define __EXTENSIONS__
 #define ETHER_ADDR_LEN 6 
  
 #endif

src/dbus.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -390,6 +390,7 @@ void check_dbus_listeners(fd_set *rset, fd_set *wset, fd_set *eset)
     }
 }
 
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
 void emit_dbus_signal(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname)
 {
   DBusConnection *connection = (DBusConnection *)daemon->dbus;
@@ -432,5 +433,6 @@ void emit_dbus_signal(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname)
   
   dbus_message_unref(message);
 }
+#endif
 
 #endif

src/dhcp.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ struct iface_param {
 static int complete_context(struct in_addr local, int if_index, 
 			    struct in_addr netmask, struct in_addr broadcast, void *vparam);
 
-void dhcp_init(void)
+static int make_fd(int port)
 {
   int fd = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP);
   struct sockaddr_in saddr;
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ void dhcp_init(void)
   
   memset(&saddr, 0, sizeof(saddr));
   saddr.sin_family = AF_INET;
-  saddr.sin_port = htons(daemon->dhcp_server_port);
+  saddr.sin_port = htons(port);
   saddr.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
 #ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
   saddr.sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
@@ -76,7 +76,20 @@ void dhcp_init(void)
   if (bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&saddr, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in)))
     die(_("failed to bind DHCP server socket: %s"), NULL, EC_BADNET);
 
-  daemon->dhcpfd = fd;
+  return fd;
+}
+
+void dhcp_init(void)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_BSD_NETWORK)
+  int oneopt = 1;
+#endif
+
+  daemon->dhcpfd = make_fd(daemon->dhcp_server_port);
+  if (daemon->enable_pxe)
+    daemon->pxefd = make_fd(PXE_PORT);
+  else
+    daemon->pxefd = -1;
 
 #if defined(HAVE_BSD_NETWORK)
   /* When we're not using capabilities, we need to do this here before
@@ -99,8 +112,9 @@ void dhcp_init(void)
   daemon->dhcp_packet.iov_base = safe_malloc(daemon->dhcp_packet.iov_len);
 }
   
-void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
+void dhcp_packet(time_t now, int pxe_fd)
 {
+  int fd = pxe_fd ? daemon->pxefd : daemon->dhcpfd;
   struct dhcp_packet *mess;
   struct dhcp_context *context;
   struct iname *tmp;
@@ -113,6 +127,9 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   int iface_index = 0, unicast_dest = 0, is_inform = 0;
   struct in_addr iface_addr, *addrp = NULL;
   struct iface_param parm;
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
+  struct arpreq arp_req;
+#endif
   
   union {
     struct cmsghdr align; /* this ensures alignment */
@@ -135,7 +152,7 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   while (1)
     {
       msg.msg_flags = 0;
-      while ((sz = recvmsg(daemon->dhcpfd, &msg, MSG_PEEK | MSG_TRUNC)) == -1 && errno == EINTR);
+      while ((sz = recvmsg(fd, &msg, MSG_PEEK | MSG_TRUNC)) == -1 && errno == EINTR);
       
       if (sz == -1)
 	return;
@@ -165,7 +182,7 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   msg.msg_name = &dest;
   msg.msg_namelen = sizeof(dest);
 
-  while ((sz = recvmsg(daemon->dhcpfd, &msg, 0)) == -1 && errno == EINTR);
+  while ((sz = recvmsg(fd, &msg, 0)) == -1 && errno == EINTR);
  
   if ((msg.msg_flags & MSG_TRUNC) || sz < (ssize_t)(sizeof(*mess) - sizeof(mess->options)))
     return;
@@ -175,8 +192,13 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
     for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
       if (cmptr->cmsg_level == SOL_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_PKTINFO)
 	{
-	  iface_index = ((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_ifindex;
+	  union {
-	  if (((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_addr.s_addr != INADDR_BROADCAST)
+	    unsigned char *c;
+	    struct in_pktinfo *p;
+	  } p;
+	  p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  iface_index = p.p->ipi_ifindex;
+	  if (p.p->ipi_addr.s_addr != INADDR_BROADCAST)
 	    unicast_dest = 1;
 	}
 
@@ -184,20 +206,37 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   if (msg.msg_controllen >= sizeof(struct cmsghdr))
     for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
       if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVIF)
-        iface_index = ((struct sockaddr_dl *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->sdl_index;
+        {
-
+	  union {
+            unsigned char *c;
+            struct sockaddr_dl *s;
+          } p;
+	  p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  iface_index = p.s->sdl_index;
+	}
   
 #elif defined(HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK) 
   if (msg.msg_controllen >= sizeof(struct cmsghdr))
     for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
       if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVIF)
-	iface_index = *((unsigned int *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+	{
-	  
+	  union {
+	    unsigned char *c;
+	    unsigned int *i;
+	  } p;
+	  p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  iface_index = *(p.i);
+	}
 #endif
 	
   if (!indextoname(daemon->dhcpfd, iface_index, ifr.ifr_name))
     return;
 
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
+  /* ARP fiddling uses original interface even if we pretend to use a different one. */
+  strncpy(arp_req.arp_dev, ifr.ifr_name, 16);
+#endif 
+
 #ifdef MSG_BCAST
   /* OpenBSD tells us when a packet was broadcast */
   if (!(msg.msg_flags & MSG_BCAST))
@@ -218,17 +257,13 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
     if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, ifr.ifr_name) == 0))
       return;
 
-  /* interface may have been changed by alias in iface_check */
+  /* weird libvirt-inspired access control */
-  if (!addrp)
+  for (context = daemon->dhcp; context; context = context->next)
-    {
+    if (!context->interface || strcmp(context->interface, ifr.ifr_name) == 0)
-      if (ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCGIFADDR, &ifr) == -1)
+      break;
-	{
+
-	  my_syslog(MS_DHCP | LOG_WARNING, _("DHCP packet received on %s which has no address"), ifr.ifr_name);
+  if (!context)
     return;
-	}
-      else
-	iface_addr = ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
-    }
   
   /* unlinked contexts are marked by context->current == context */
   for (context = daemon->dhcp; context; context = context->next)
@@ -239,11 +274,32 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   parm.current = NULL;
   parm.ind = iface_index;
 
+    /* interface may have been changed by alias in iface_check, make sure it gets priority in case
+       there is more than one address on the interface in the same subnet */
+  if (ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCGIFADDR, &ifr) == -1)
+    {
+      my_syslog(MS_DHCP | LOG_WARNING, _("DHCP packet received on %s which has no address"), ifr.ifr_name);
+      return;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      iface_addr = ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
+      if (ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCGIFNETMASK, &ifr) != -1)
+	{
+	  struct in_addr netmask =  ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
+	  if (ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCGIFBRDADDR, &ifr) != -1)
+	    {
+	      struct in_addr broadcast =  ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
+	      complete_context(iface_addr, iface_index, netmask, broadcast, &parm);
+	    }
+	}
+    } 
+
   if (!iface_enumerate(&parm, complete_context, NULL))
     return;
   lease_prune(NULL, now); /* lose any expired leases */
   iov.iov_len = dhcp_reply(parm.current, ifr.ifr_name, iface_index, (size_t)sz, 
-			   now, unicast_dest, &is_inform);
+			   now, unicast_dest, &is_inform, pxe_fd);
   lease_update_file(now);
   lease_update_dns();
     
@@ -264,7 +320,12 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
   dest.sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
 #endif
      
-  if (mess->giaddr.s_addr)
+  if (pxe_fd)
+    { 
+      if (mess->ciaddr.s_addr != 0)
+	dest.sin_addr = mess->ciaddr;
+    }
+  else if (mess->giaddr.s_addr)
     {
       /* Send to BOOTP relay  */
       dest.sin_port = htons(daemon->dhcp_server_port);
@@ -305,15 +366,14 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
     {
       /* unicast to unconfigured client. Inject mac address direct into ARP cache. 
 	 struct sockaddr limits size to 14 bytes. */
-      struct arpreq req;
       dest.sin_addr = mess->yiaddr;
       dest.sin_port = htons(daemon->dhcp_client_port);
-      *((struct sockaddr_in *)&req.arp_pa) = dest;
+      memcpy(&arp_req.arp_pa, &dest, sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));
-      req.arp_ha.sa_family = mess->htype;
+      arp_req.arp_ha.sa_family = mess->htype;
-      memcpy(req.arp_ha.sa_data, mess->chaddr, mess->hlen);
+      memcpy(arp_req.arp_ha.sa_data, mess->chaddr, mess->hlen);
-      strncpy(req.arp_dev, ifr.ifr_name, 16);
+      /* interface name already copied in */
-      req.arp_flags = ATF_COM;
+      arp_req.arp_flags = ATF_COM;
-      ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCSARP, &req);
+      ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCSARP, &arp_req);
     }
 #elif defined(HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK)
   else if ((ntohs(mess->flags) & 0x8000) || mess->hlen != ETHER_ADDR_LEN || mess->htype != ARPHRD_ETHER)
@@ -348,10 +408,10 @@ void dhcp_packet(time_t now)
 #endif
    
 #ifdef HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK
-  setsockopt(daemon->dhcpfd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_BOUND_IF, &iface_index, sizeof(iface_index));
+  setsockopt(fd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_BOUND_IF, &iface_index, sizeof(iface_index));
 #endif
   
-  while(sendmsg(daemon->dhcpfd, &msg, 0) == -1 && retry_send());
+  while(sendmsg(fd, &msg, 0) == -1 && retry_send());
 }
  
 /* This is a complex routine: it gets called with each (address,netmask,broadcast) triple 
@@ -472,13 +532,15 @@ struct dhcp_context *narrow_context(struct dhcp_context *context,
   if (!(tmp = address_available(context, taddr, netids)))
     {
       for (tmp = context; tmp; tmp = tmp->current)
-	if (is_same_net(taddr, tmp->start, tmp->netmask) && 
+	if (match_netid(tmp->filter, netids, 1) &&
+	    is_same_net(taddr, tmp->start, tmp->netmask) && 
 	    (tmp->flags & CONTEXT_STATIC))
 	  break;
       
       if (!tmp)
 	for (tmp = context; tmp; tmp = tmp->current)
-	  if (is_same_net(taddr, tmp->start, tmp->netmask))
+	  if (match_netid(tmp->filter, netids, 1) &&
+	      is_same_net(taddr, tmp->start, tmp->netmask))
 	    break;
     }
   
@@ -511,7 +573,8 @@ int match_netid(struct dhcp_netid *check, struct dhcp_netid *pool, int tagnotnee
 
   for (; check; check = check->next)
     {
-      if (check->net[0] != '#')
+      /* '#' for not is for backwards compat. */
+      if (check->net[0] != '!' && check->net[0] != '#')
 	{
 	  for (tmp1 = pool; tmp1; tmp1 = tmp1->next)
 	    if (strcmp(check->net, tmp1->net) == 0)
@@ -527,6 +590,22 @@ int match_netid(struct dhcp_netid *check, struct dhcp_netid *pool, int tagnotnee
   return 1;
 }
 
+struct dhcp_netid *run_tag_if(struct dhcp_netid *tags)
+{
+  struct tag_if *exprs;
+  struct dhcp_netid_list *list;
+
+  for (exprs = daemon->tag_if; exprs; exprs = exprs->next)
+    if (match_netid(exprs->tag, tags, 1))
+      for (list = exprs->set; list; list = list->next)
+	{
+	  list->list->next = tags;
+	  tags = list->list;
+	}
+
+  return tags;
+}
+
 int address_allocate(struct dhcp_context *context,
 		     struct in_addr *addrp, unsigned char *hwaddr, int hw_len, 
 		     struct dhcp_netid *netids, time_t now)   
@@ -540,9 +619,10 @@ int address_allocate(struct dhcp_context *context,
   int i, pass;
   unsigned int j; 
 
-  /* hash hwaddr */
+  /* hash hwaddr: use the SDBM hashing algorithm.  Seems to give good
+     dispersal even with similarly-valued "strings". */ 
   for (j = 0, i = 0; i < hw_len; i++)
-    j += hwaddr[i] + (hwaddr[i] << 8) + (hwaddr[i] << 16);
+    j += hwaddr[i] + (j << 6) + (j << 16) - j;
   
   for (pass = 0; pass <= 1; pass++)
     for (c = context; c; c = c->current)
@@ -837,6 +917,7 @@ void dhcp_read_ethers(void)
 	      config->flags = CONFIG_FROM_ETHERS;
 	      config->hwaddr = NULL;
 	      config->domain = NULL;
+	      config->netid = NULL;
 	      config->next = daemon->dhcp_conf;
 	      daemon->dhcp_conf = config;
 	    }
@@ -958,29 +1039,40 @@ void dhcp_update_configs(struct dhcp_config *configs)
 /* If we've not found a hostname any other way, try and see if there's one in /etc/hosts
    for this address. If it has a domain part, that must match the set domain and
    it gets stripped. The set of legal domain names is bigger than the set of legal hostnames
-   so check here that the domain name is legal as a hostname. */
+   so check here that the domain name is legal as a hostname. 
+   NOTE: we're only allowed to overwrite daemon->dhcp_buff if we succeed. */
 char *host_from_dns(struct in_addr addr)
 {
   struct crec *lookup;
-  char *hostname = NULL;
-  char *d1, *d2;
 
   if (daemon->port == 0)
     return NULL; /* DNS disabled. */
   
   lookup = cache_find_by_addr(NULL, (struct all_addr *)&addr, 0, F_IPV4);
+
   if (lookup && (lookup->flags & F_HOSTS))
     {
-      hostname = daemon->dhcp_buff;
+      char *dot, *hostname = cache_get_name(lookup);
-      strncpy(hostname, cache_get_name(lookup), 256);
+      dot = strchr(hostname, '.');
-      hostname[255] = 0;
+      
-      d1 = strip_hostname(hostname);
+      if (dot && strlen(dot+1) != 0)
-      d2 = get_domain(addr);
+	{
-      if (!legal_hostname(hostname) || (d1 && (!d2 || !hostname_isequal(d1, d2))))
+	  char *d2 = get_domain(addr);
-	hostname = NULL;
+	  if (!d2 || !hostname_isequal(dot+1, d2))
+	    return NULL; /* wrong domain */
 	}
 
-  return hostname;
+      if (!legal_hostname(hostname))
+	return NULL;
+      
+      strncpy(daemon->dhcp_buff, hostname, 256);
+      daemon->dhcp_buff[255] = 0;
+      strip_hostname(daemon->dhcp_buff);
+
+      return daemon->dhcp_buff;
+    }
+  
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* return domain or NULL if none. */

src/dnsmasq.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ static void check_dns_listeners(fd_set *set, time_t now);
 static void sig_handler(int sig);
 static void async_event(int pipe, time_t now);
 static void fatal_event(struct event_desc *ev);
-static void poll_resolv(void);
 
 int main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
@@ -142,7 +141,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_TFTP
-  if (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP)
+  if (daemon->tftp_unlimited || daemon->tftp_interfaces)
     die(_("TFTP server not available: set HAVE_TFTP in src/config.h"), NULL, EC_BADCONF);
 #endif
 
@@ -184,7 +183,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	    die(_("no interface with address %s"), daemon->namebuff, EC_BADNET);
 	  }
     }
-  else if ((daemon->port != 0 || (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP)) &&
+  else if ((daemon->port != 0 || daemon->tftp_interfaces || daemon->tftp_unlimited) &&
 	   !(daemon->listeners = create_wildcard_listeners()))
     die(_("failed to create listening socket: %s"), NULL, EC_BADNET);
   
@@ -278,8 +277,6 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
   
   if (!(daemon->options & OPT_DEBUG))   
     {
-      int nullfd;
-
       /* The following code "daemonizes" the process. 
 	 See Stevens section 12.4 */
       
@@ -344,17 +341,20 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	      _exit(0);
 	    }
 	}
+    }
   
+   log_err = log_start(ent_pw, err_pipe[1]);
+
+   if (!(daemon->options & OPT_DEBUG)) 
+     {       
        /* open  stdout etc to /dev/null */
-      nullfd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
+       int nullfd = open("/dev/null", O_RDWR);
        dup2(nullfd, STDOUT_FILENO);
        dup2(nullfd, STDERR_FILENO);
        dup2(nullfd, STDIN_FILENO);
        close(nullfd);
      }
    
-   log_err = log_start(ent_pw, err_pipe[1]); 
-   
    /* if we are to run scripts, we need to fork a helper before dropping root. */
   daemon->helperfd = -1;
 #if defined(HAVE_DHCP) && defined(HAVE_SCRIPT) 
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_TFTP
-  if (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP)
+  if (daemon->tftp_unlimited || daemon->tftp_interfaces)
     {
 #ifdef FD_SETSIZE
       if (FD_SETSIZE < (unsigned)max_fd)
@@ -596,6 +596,11 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 	{
 	  FD_SET(daemon->dhcpfd, &rset);
 	  bump_maxfd(daemon->dhcpfd, &maxfd);
+	  if (daemon->pxefd != -1)
+	    {
+	      FD_SET(daemon->pxefd, &rset);
+	      bump_maxfd(daemon->pxefd, &maxfd);
+	    }
 	}
 #endif
 
@@ -636,26 +641,27 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 
       check_log_writer(&wset);
 
+#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
+      if (FD_ISSET(daemon->netlinkfd, &rset))
+	netlink_multicast();
+#endif
+
       /* Check for changes to resolv files once per second max. */
       /* Don't go silent for long periods if the clock goes backwards. */
       if (daemon->last_resolv == 0 || 
 	  difftime(now, daemon->last_resolv) > 1.0 || 
 	  difftime(now, daemon->last_resolv) < -1.0)
 	{
-	  daemon->last_resolv = now;
+	  /* poll_resolv doesn't need to reload first time through, since 
+	     that's queued anyway. */
 
-	  if (daemon->port != 0 && !(daemon->options & OPT_NO_POLL))
+	  poll_resolv(0, daemon->last_resolv != 0, now); 	  
-	    poll_resolv();
+	  daemon->last_resolv = now;
 	}
       
       if (FD_ISSET(piperead, &rset))
 	async_event(piperead, now);
       
-#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
-      if (FD_ISSET(daemon->netlinkfd, &rset))
-	netlink_multicast();
-#endif
-      
 #ifdef HAVE_DBUS
       /* if we didn't create a DBus connection, retry now. */ 
      if ((daemon->options & OPT_DBUS) && !daemon->dbus)
@@ -676,8 +682,13 @@ int main (int argc, char **argv)
 #endif      
 
 #ifdef HAVE_DHCP
-      if (daemon->dhcp && FD_ISSET(daemon->dhcpfd, &rset))
+      if (daemon->dhcp)
-	dhcp_packet(now);
+	{
+	  if (FD_ISSET(daemon->dhcpfd, &rset))
+	    dhcp_packet(now, 0);
+	  if (daemon->pxefd != -1 && FD_ISSET(daemon->pxefd, &rset))
+	    dhcp_packet(now, 1);
+	}
 
 #  ifdef HAVE_SCRIPT
       if (daemon->helperfd != -1 && FD_ISSET(daemon->helperfd, &wset))
@@ -888,7 +899,7 @@ static void async_event(int pipe, time_t now)
       }
 }
 
-static void poll_resolv()
+void poll_resolv(int force, int do_reload, time_t now)
 {
   struct resolvc *res, *latest;
   struct stat statbuf;
@@ -896,17 +907,35 @@ static void poll_resolv()
   /* There may be more than one possible file. 
      Go through and find the one which changed _last_.
      Warn of any which can't be read. */
+
+  if (daemon->port == 0 || (daemon->options & OPT_NO_POLL))
+    return;
+  
   for (latest = NULL, res = daemon->resolv_files; res; res = res->next)
     if (stat(res->name, &statbuf) == -1)
       {
+	if (force)
+	  {
+	    res->mtime = 0; 
+	    continue;
+	  }
+
 	if (!res->logged)
 	  my_syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("failed to access %s: %s"), res->name, strerror(errno));
 	res->logged = 1;
+	
+	if (res->mtime != 0)
+	  { 
+	    /* existing file evaporated, force selection of the latest
+	       file even if its mtime hasn't changed since we last looked */
+	    poll_resolv(1, do_reload, now);
+	    return;
+	  }
       }
     else
       {
 	res->logged = 0;
-	if (statbuf.st_mtime != res->mtime)
+	if (force || (statbuf.st_mtime != res->mtime))
           {
             res->mtime = statbuf.st_mtime;
 	    if (difftime(statbuf.st_mtime, last_change) > 0.0)
@@ -925,8 +954,8 @@ static void poll_resolv()
 	  my_syslog(LOG_INFO, _("reading %s"), latest->name);
 	  warned = 0;
 	  check_servers();
-	  if (daemon->options & OPT_RELOAD)
+	  if ((daemon->options & OPT_RELOAD) && do_reload)
-	    cache_reload();
+	    clear_cache_and_reload(now);
 	}
       else 
 	{
@@ -1115,10 +1144,12 @@ static void check_dns_listeners(fd_set *set, time_t now)
 	      
 	      dst_addr_4.s_addr = 0;
 	      
+#ifndef NO_FORK
 	      /* Arrange for SIGALARM after CHILD_LIFETIME seconds to
 		 terminate the process. */
 	      if (!(daemon->options & OPT_DEBUG))
 		alarm(CHILD_LIFETIME);
+#endif
 
 	      /* start with no upstream connections. */
 	      for (s = daemon->servers; s; s = s->next)

src/dnsmasq.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
  
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-#define COPYRIGHT "Copyright (C) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley" 
+#define COPYRIGHT "Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley" 
 
 #ifndef NO_LARGEFILE
 /* Ensure we can use files >2GB (log files may grow this big) */
@@ -22,12 +22,18 @@
 #  define _FILE_OFFSET_BITS 64
 #endif
 
-/* Get linux C library versions. */
+/* Get linux C library versions and define _GNU_SOURCE for kFreeBSD. */
-#ifdef __linux__
+#if defined(__linux__) || defined(__GLIBC__)
 #  define _GNU_SOURCE
 #  include <features.h> 
 #endif
 
+/* Need these defined early */
+#if defined(__sun) || defined(__sun__)
+#  define _XPG4_2
+#  define __EXTENSIONS__
+#endif
+
 /* get these before config.h  for IPv6 stuff... */
 #include <sys/types.h> 
 #include <sys/socket.h>
@@ -66,6 +72,10 @@
 #include <sys/un.h>
 #include <limits.h>
 #include <net/if.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK) && !defined(ifr_mtu)
+/* Some solaris net/if./h omit this. */
+#  define ifr_mtu  ifr_ifru.ifru_metric
+#endif
 #include <unistd.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
@@ -178,7 +188,7 @@ struct event_desc {
 #define OPT_LEASE_RO       (1u<<22)
 #define OPT_ALL_SERVERS    (1u<<23)
 #define OPT_RELOAD         (1u<<24)
-#define OPT_TFTP           (1u<<25)
+#define OPT_LOCAL_REBIND   (1u<<25)  
 #define OPT_TFTP_SECURE    (1u<<26)
 #define OPT_TFTP_NOBLOCK   (1u<<27)
 #define OPT_LOG_OPTS       (1u<<28)
@@ -309,6 +319,8 @@ union mysockaddr {
 #define SERV_MARK            256  /* for mark-and-delete */
 #define SERV_TYPE    (SERV_HAS_DOMAIN | SERV_FOR_NODOTS)
 #define SERV_COUNTED         512  /* workspace for log code */
+#define SERV_USE_RESOLV     1024  /* forward this domain in the normal way */
+#define SERV_NO_REBIND      2048  /* inhibit dns-rebind protection */
 
 struct serverfd {
   int fd;
@@ -335,7 +347,8 @@ struct server {
 struct irec {
   union mysockaddr addr;
   struct in_addr netmask; /* only valid for IPv4 */
-  int dhcp_ok, mtu;
+  int tftp_ok, mtu;
+  char *name;
   struct irec *next;
 };
 
@@ -381,7 +394,7 @@ struct frec {
 #endif
   unsigned int iface;
   unsigned short orig_id, new_id;
-  int fd, forwardall;
+  int fd, forwardall, norebind;
   unsigned int crc;
   time_t time;
   struct frec *next;
@@ -411,8 +424,8 @@ struct dhcp_lease {
   int hwaddr_len, hwaddr_type;
   unsigned char hwaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_MAX]; 
   struct in_addr addr, override, giaddr;
-  unsigned char *vendorclass, *userclass, *supplied_hostname;
+  unsigned char *extradata;
-  unsigned int vendorclass_len, userclass_len, supplied_hostname_len;
+  unsigned int extradata_len, extradata_size;
   int last_interface;
   struct dhcp_lease *next;
 };
@@ -427,6 +440,12 @@ struct dhcp_netid_list {
   struct dhcp_netid_list *next;
 };
 
+struct tag_if {
+  struct dhcp_netid_list *set;
+  struct dhcp_netid *tag;
+  struct tag_if *next;
+};
+
 struct hwaddr_config {
   int hwaddr_len, hwaddr_type;
   unsigned char hwaddr[DHCP_CHADDR_MAX];
@@ -439,7 +458,7 @@ struct dhcp_config {
   int clid_len;          /* length of client identifier */
   unsigned char *clid;   /* clientid */
   char *hostname, *domain;
-  struct dhcp_netid netid;
+  struct dhcp_netid_list *netid;
   struct in_addr addr;
   time_t decline_time;
   unsigned int lease_time;
@@ -452,7 +471,6 @@ struct dhcp_config {
 #define CONFIG_TIME              8
 #define CONFIG_NAME             16
 #define CONFIG_ADDR             32
-#define CONFIG_NETID            64
 #define CONFIG_NOCLID          128
 #define CONFIG_FROM_ETHERS     256    /* entry created by /etc/ethers */
 #define CONFIG_ADDR_HOSTS      512    /* address added by from /etc/hosts */
@@ -482,6 +500,7 @@ struct dhcp_opt {
 #define DHOPT_VENDOR           256
 #define DHOPT_HEX              512
 #define DHOPT_VENDOR_MATCH    1024
+#define DHOPT_RFC3925         2048
 
 struct dhcp_boot {
   char *file, *sname;
@@ -537,6 +556,7 @@ struct dhcp_context {
   struct in_addr local, router;
   struct in_addr start, end; /* range of available addresses */
   int flags;
+  char *interface;
   struct dhcp_netid netid, *filter;
   struct dhcp_context *next, *current;
 };
@@ -587,6 +607,23 @@ struct tftp_transfer {
   struct tftp_transfer *next;
 };
 
+struct addr_list {
+  struct in_addr addr;
+  struct addr_list *next;
+};
+
+struct interface_list {
+  char *interface;
+  struct interface_list *next;
+};
+
+struct tftp_prefix {
+  char *interface;
+  char *prefix;
+  struct tftp_prefix *next;
+};
+
+
 extern struct daemon {
   /* datastuctures representing the command-line and 
      config file arguments. All set (including defaults)
@@ -617,7 +654,7 @@ extern struct daemon {
   int max_logs;  /* queue limit */
   int cachesize, ftabsize;
   int port, query_port, min_port;
-  unsigned long local_ttl, neg_ttl;
+  unsigned long local_ttl, neg_ttl, max_ttl;
   struct hostsfile *addn_hosts;
   struct dhcp_context *dhcp;
   struct dhcp_config *dhcp_conf;
@@ -626,8 +663,12 @@ extern struct daemon {
   struct dhcp_mac *dhcp_macs;
   struct dhcp_boot *boot_config;
   struct pxe_service *pxe_services;
+  struct tag_if *tag_if; 
+  struct addr_list *override_relays;
+  int override;
   int enable_pxe;
-  struct dhcp_netid_list *dhcp_ignore, *dhcp_ignore_names, *force_broadcast, *bootp_dynamic;
+  struct dhcp_netid_list *dhcp_ignore, *dhcp_ignore_names, *dhcp_gen_names; 
+  struct dhcp_netid_list *force_broadcast, *bootp_dynamic;
   char *dhcp_hosts_file, *dhcp_opts_file;
   int dhcp_max, tftp_max;
   int dhcp_server_port, dhcp_client_port;
@@ -636,6 +677,9 @@ extern struct daemon {
   struct doctor *doctors;
   unsigned short edns_pktsz;
   char *tftp_prefix; 
+  struct tftp_prefix *if_prefix; /* per-interface TFTP prefixes */
+  struct interface_list *tftp_interfaces; /* interfaces for limited TFTP service */
+  int tftp_unlimited;
 
   /* globally used stuff for DNS */
   char *packet; /* packet buffer */
@@ -654,16 +698,17 @@ extern struct daemon {
   struct randfd *rfd_save; /*      "        "        */
   pid_t tcp_pids[MAX_PROCS];
   struct randfd randomsocks[RANDOM_SOCKS];
+  int v6pktinfo; 
 
   /* DHCP state */
-  int dhcpfd, helperfd; 
+  int dhcpfd, helperfd, pxefd; 
 #if defined(HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK)
   int netlinkfd;
 #elif defined(HAVE_BSD_NETWORK)
   int dhcp_raw_fd, dhcp_icmp_fd;
 #endif
   struct iovec dhcp_packet;
-  char *dhcp_buff, *dhcp_buff2;
+  char *dhcp_buff, *dhcp_buff2, *dhcp_buff3;
   struct ping_result *ping_results;
   FILE *lease_stream;
   struct dhcp_bridge *bridges;
@@ -707,7 +752,8 @@ unsigned short extract_request(HEADER *header, size_t qlen,
 size_t setup_reply(HEADER *header, size_t  qlen,
 		   struct all_addr *addrp, unsigned short flags,
 		   unsigned long local_ttl);
-int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *namebuff, time_t now);
+int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *namebuff, 
+		      time_t now, int is_sign, int checkrebind);
 size_t answer_request(HEADER *header, char *limit, size_t qlen,  
 		   struct in_addr local_addr, struct in_addr local_netmask, time_t now);
 int check_for_bogus_wildcard(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, 
@@ -784,16 +830,18 @@ struct in_addr get_ifaddr(char *intr);
 /* dhcp.c */
 #ifdef HAVE_DHCP
 void dhcp_init(void);
-void dhcp_packet(time_t now);
+void dhcp_packet(time_t now, int pxe_fd);
 struct dhcp_context *address_available(struct dhcp_context *context, 
 				       struct in_addr addr,
 				       struct dhcp_netid *netids);
 struct dhcp_context *narrow_context(struct dhcp_context *context, 
 				    struct in_addr taddr,
 				    struct dhcp_netid *netids);
-int match_netid(struct dhcp_netid *check, struct dhcp_netid *pool, int negonly);int address_allocate(struct dhcp_context *context,
+int match_netid(struct dhcp_netid *check, struct dhcp_netid *pool, int negonly);
+int address_allocate(struct dhcp_context *context,
 		     struct in_addr *addrp, unsigned char *hwaddr, int hw_len,
 		     struct dhcp_netid *netids, time_t now);
+struct dhcp_netid *run_tag_if(struct dhcp_netid *input);
 int config_has_mac(struct dhcp_config *config, unsigned char *hwaddr, int len, int type);
 struct dhcp_config *find_config(struct dhcp_config *configs,
 				struct dhcp_context *context,
@@ -832,7 +880,7 @@ void rerun_scripts(void);
 /* rfc2131.c */
 #ifdef HAVE_DHCP
 size_t dhcp_reply(struct dhcp_context *context, char *iface_name, int int_index,
-		  size_t sz, time_t now, int unicast_dest, int *is_inform);
+		  size_t sz, time_t now, int unicast_dest, int *is_inform, int pxe_fd);
 unsigned char *extended_hwaddr(int hwtype, int hwlen, unsigned char *hwaddr, 
 			       int clid_len, unsigned char *clid, int *len_out);
 #endif
@@ -844,6 +892,7 @@ int icmp_ping(struct in_addr addr);
 #endif
 void send_event(int fd, int event, int data);
 void clear_cache_and_reload(time_t now);
+void poll_resolv(int force, int do_reload, time_t now);
 
 /* netlink.c */
 #ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
@@ -866,8 +915,10 @@ int iface_enumerate(void *parm, int (*ipv4_callback)(), int (*ipv6_callback)());
 char *dbus_init(void);
 void check_dbus_listeners(fd_set *rset, fd_set *wset, fd_set *eset);
 void set_dbus_listeners(int *maxfdp, fd_set *rset, fd_set *wset, fd_set *eset);
+#  ifdef HAVE_DHCP
 void emit_dbus_signal(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname);
 #  endif
+#endif
 
 /* helper.c */
 #if defined(HAVE_DHCP) && !defined(NO_FORK)

src/forward.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ static struct frec *lookup_frec(unsigned short id, unsigned int crc);
 static struct frec *lookup_frec_by_sender(unsigned short id,
 					  union mysockaddr *addr,
 					  unsigned int crc);
-static unsigned short get_id(int force, unsigned short force_id, unsigned int crc);
+static unsigned short get_id(unsigned int crc);
 static void free_frec(struct frec *f);
 static struct randfd *allocate_rfd(int family);
 
@@ -65,15 +65,15 @@ static void send_from(int fd, int nowild, char *packet, size_t len,
       if (to->sa.sa_family == AF_INET)
 	{
 #if defined(HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK)
-	  struct in_pktinfo *pkt = (struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  struct in_pktinfo p;
-	  pkt->ipi_ifindex = 0;
+	  p.ipi_ifindex = 0;
-	  pkt->ipi_spec_dst = source->addr.addr4;
+	  p.ipi_spec_dst = source->addr.addr4;
+	  memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmptr), &p, sizeof(p));
 	  msg.msg_controllen = cmptr->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in_pktinfo));
 	  cmptr->cmsg_level = SOL_IP;
 	  cmptr->cmsg_type = IP_PKTINFO;
 #elif defined(IP_SENDSRCADDR)
-	  struct in_addr *a = (struct in_addr *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmptr), &(source->addr.addr4), sizeof(source->addr.addr4));
-	  *a = source->addr.addr4;
 	  msg.msg_controllen = cmptr->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in_addr));
 	  cmptr->cmsg_level = IPPROTO_IP;
 	  cmptr->cmsg_type = IP_SENDSRCADDR;
@@ -82,11 +82,12 @@ static void send_from(int fd, int nowild, char *packet, size_t len,
       else
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
 	{
-	  struct in6_pktinfo *pkt = (struct in6_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	  struct in6_pktinfo p;
-	  pkt->ipi6_ifindex = iface; /* Need iface for IPv6 to handle link-local addrs */
+	  p.ipi6_ifindex = iface; /* Need iface for IPv6 to handle link-local addrs */
-	  pkt->ipi6_addr = source->addr.addr6;
+	  p.ipi6_addr = source->addr.addr6;
+	  memcpy(CMSG_DATA(cmptr), &p, sizeof(p));
 	  msg.msg_controllen = cmptr->cmsg_len = CMSG_LEN(sizeof(struct in6_pktinfo));
-	  cmptr->cmsg_type = IPV6_PKTINFO;
+	  cmptr->cmsg_type = daemon->v6pktinfo;
 	  cmptr->cmsg_level = IPV6_LEVEL;
 	}
 #else
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ static void send_from(int fd, int nowild, char *packet, size_t len,
 }
           
 static unsigned short search_servers(time_t now, struct all_addr **addrpp, 
-				     unsigned short qtype, char *qdomain, int *type, char **domain)
+				     unsigned short qtype, char *qdomain, int *type, char **domain, int *norebind)
 			      
 {
   /* If the query ends in the domain in one of our servers, set
@@ -153,11 +154,14 @@ static unsigned short search_servers(time_t now, struct all_addr **addrpp,
 	char *matchstart = qdomain + namelen - domainlen;
 	if (namelen >= domainlen &&
 	    hostname_isequal(matchstart, serv->domain) &&
-	    domainlen >= matchlen &&
+	    (domainlen == 0 || namelen == domainlen || *(matchstart-1) == '.' ))
-	    (domainlen == 0 || namelen == domainlen || *(serv->domain) == '.' || *(matchstart-1) == '.' ))
+	  {
+	    if (serv->flags & SERV_NO_REBIND)	
+	      *norebind = 1;
+	    else if (domainlen >= matchlen)
 	      {
 		unsigned short sflag = serv->addr.sa.sa_family == AF_INET ? F_IPV4 : F_IPV6;
-	    *type = SERV_HAS_DOMAIN;
+		*type = serv->flags & (SERV_HAS_DOMAIN | SERV_USE_RESOLV | SERV_NO_REBIND);
 		*domain = serv->domain;
 		matchlen = domainlen;
 		if (serv->flags & SERV_NO_ADDR)
@@ -177,6 +181,9 @@ static unsigned short search_servers(time_t now, struct all_addr **addrpp,
 		    else if (!flags || (flags & F_NXDOMAIN))
 		      flags = F_NOERR;
 		  }
+		else
+		  flags = 0;
+	      } 
 	  }
       }
   
@@ -197,7 +204,11 @@ static unsigned short search_servers(time_t now, struct all_addr **addrpp,
   
       log_query(logflags | flags | F_CONFIG | F_FORWARD, qdomain, *addrpp, NULL);
     }
-
+  else if ((*type) & SERV_USE_RESOLV)
+    {
+      *type = 0; /* use normal servers for this domain */
+      *domain = NULL;
+    }
   return  flags;
 }
 
@@ -206,7 +217,7 @@ static int forward_query(int udpfd, union mysockaddr *udpaddr,
 			 HEADER *header, size_t plen, time_t now, struct frec *forward)
 {
   char *domain = NULL;
-  int type = 0;
+  int type = 0, norebind = 0;
   struct all_addr *addrp = NULL;
   unsigned int crc = questions_crc(header, plen, daemon->namebuff);
   unsigned short flags = 0;
@@ -234,7 +245,7 @@ static int forward_query(int udpfd, union mysockaddr *udpaddr,
   else 
     {
       if (gotname)
-	flags = search_servers(now, &addrp, gotname, daemon->namebuff, &type, &domain);
+	flags = search_servers(now, &addrp, gotname, daemon->namebuff, &type, &domain, &norebind);
       
       if (!flags && !(forward = get_new_frec(now, NULL)))
 	/* table full - server failure. */
@@ -242,25 +253,25 @@ static int forward_query(int udpfd, union mysockaddr *udpaddr,
       
       if (forward)
 	{
-	  /* force unchanging id for signed packets */
-	  int is_sign;
-	  find_pseudoheader(header, plen, NULL, NULL, &is_sign);
-	  
 	  forward->source = *udpaddr;
 	  forward->dest = *dst_addr;
 	  forward->iface = dst_iface;
 	  forward->orig_id = ntohs(header->id);
-	  forward->new_id = get_id(is_sign, forward->orig_id, crc);
+	  forward->new_id = get_id(crc);
 	  forward->fd = udpfd;
 	  forward->crc = crc;
 	  forward->forwardall = 0;
+	  forward->norebind = norebind;
 	  header->id = htons(forward->new_id);
 
-	  /* In strict_order mode, or when using domain specific servers
+	  /* In strict_order mode, always try servers in the order 
-	     always try servers in the order specified in resolv.conf,
+	     specified in resolv.conf, if a domain is given 
+	     always try all the available servers,
 	     otherwise, use the one last known to work. */
 	  
-	  if (type != 0  || (daemon->options & OPT_ORDER))
+	  if (type == 0)
+	    {
+	      if (daemon->options & OPT_ORDER)
 		start = daemon->servers;
 	      else if (!(start = daemon->last_server) ||
 		       daemon->forwardcount++ > FORWARD_TEST ||
@@ -272,6 +283,13 @@ static int forward_query(int udpfd, union mysockaddr *udpaddr,
 		  daemon->forwardtime = now;
 		}
 	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      start = daemon->servers;
+	      if (!(daemon->options & OPT_ORDER))
+		forward->forwardall = 1;
+	    }
+	}
     }
 
   /* check for send errors here (no route to host) 
@@ -378,7 +396,7 @@ static int forward_query(int udpfd, union mysockaddr *udpaddr,
 }
 
 static size_t process_reply(HEADER *header, time_t now, 
-			    struct server *server, size_t n)
+			    struct server *server, size_t n, int check_rebind)
 {
   unsigned char *pheader, *sizep;
   int munged = 0, is_sign;
@@ -432,9 +450,9 @@ static size_t process_reply(HEADER *header, time_t now,
 	  header->rcode = NOERROR;
 	}
       
-      if (extract_addresses(header, n, daemon->namebuff, now))
+      if (extract_addresses(header, n, daemon->namebuff, now, is_sign, check_rebind))
 	{
-	  my_syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("possible DNS-rebind attack detected"));
+	  my_syslog(LOG_WARNING, _("possible DNS-rebind attack detected: %s"), daemon->namebuff);
 	  munged = 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -547,7 +565,12 @@ void reply_query(int fd, int family, time_t now)
   if (forward->forwardall == 0 || --forward->forwardall == 1 || 
       (header->rcode != REFUSED && header->rcode != SERVFAIL))
     {
-      if ((nn = process_reply(header, now, server, (size_t)n)))
+      int check_rebind = !forward->norebind;
+
+      if (!(daemon->options & OPT_NO_REBIND))
+	check_rebind = 0;
+      
+      if ((nn = process_reply(header, now, server, (size_t)n, check_rebind)))
 	{
 	  header->id = htons(forward->orig_id);
 	  header->ra = 1; /* recursion if available */
@@ -639,32 +662,54 @@ void receive_query(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
 	for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
 	  if (cmptr->cmsg_level == SOL_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_PKTINFO)
 	    {
-	      dst_addr_4 = dst_addr.addr.addr4 = ((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_spec_dst;
+	      union {
-	      if_index = ((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_ifindex;
+		unsigned char *c;
+		struct in_pktinfo *p;
+	      } p;
+	      p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	      dst_addr_4 = dst_addr.addr.addr4 = p.p->ipi_spec_dst;
+	      if_index = p.p->ipi_ifindex;
 	    }
 #elif defined(IP_RECVDSTADDR) && defined(IP_RECVIF)
       if (listen->family == AF_INET)
 	{
 	  for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
+	    {
+	      union {
+		unsigned char *c;
+		unsigned int *i;
+		struct in_addr *a;
+#ifndef HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK
+		struct sockaddr_dl *s;
+#endif
+	      } p;
+	       p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
 	       if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVDSTADDR)
-	      dst_addr_4 = dst_addr.addr.addr4 = *((struct in_addr *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+		 dst_addr_4 = dst_addr.addr.addr4 = *(p.a);
 	       else if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVIF)
 #ifdef HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK
-	      if_index = *((unsigned int *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+		 if_index = *(p.i);
 #else
-	      if_index = ((struct sockaddr_dl *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->sdl_index;
+  	         if_index = p.s->sdl_index;
 #endif
 	    }
+	}
 #endif
       
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
       if (listen->family == AF_INET6)
 	{
 	  for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
-	    if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPV6_LEVEL && cmptr->cmsg_type == IPV6_PKTINFO)
+	    if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPV6_LEVEL && cmptr->cmsg_type == daemon->v6pktinfo)
 	      {
-		dst_addr.addr.addr6 = ((struct in6_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi6_addr;
+		union {
-		if_index =((struct in6_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi6_ifindex;
+		  unsigned char *c;
+		  struct in6_pktinfo *p;
+		} p;
+		p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+		  
+		dst_addr.addr.addr6 = p.p->ipi6_addr;
+		if_index = p.p->ipi6_ifindex;
 	      }
 	}
 #endif
@@ -721,7 +766,7 @@ void receive_query(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
 unsigned char *tcp_request(int confd, time_t now,
 			   struct in_addr local_addr, struct in_addr netmask)
 {
-  int size = 0;
+  int size = 0, norebind = 0;
   size_t m;
   unsigned short qtype, gotname;
   unsigned char c1, c2;
@@ -780,7 +825,7 @@ unsigned char *tcp_request(int confd, time_t now,
 	  char *domain = NULL;
 	  
 	  if (gotname)
-	    flags = search_servers(now, &addrp, gotname, daemon->namebuff, &type, &domain);
+	    flags = search_servers(now, &addrp, gotname, daemon->namebuff, &type, &domain, &norebind);
 	  
 	  if (type != 0  || (daemon->options & OPT_ORDER) || !daemon->last_server)
 	    last_server = daemon->servers;
@@ -861,7 +906,7 @@ unsigned char *tcp_request(int confd, time_t now,
 		     someone might be attempting to insert bogus values into the cache by 
 		     sending replies containing questions and bogus answers. */
 		  if (crc == questions_crc(header, (unsigned int)m, daemon->namebuff))
-		    m = process_reply(header, now, last_server, (unsigned int)m);
+		    m = process_reply(header, now, last_server, (unsigned int)m, (daemon->options & OPT_NO_REBIND) && !norebind );
 		  
 		  break;
 		}
@@ -1066,22 +1111,12 @@ void server_gone(struct server *server)
     daemon->srv_save = NULL;
 }
 
-/* return unique random ids.
+/* return unique random ids. */
-   For signed packets we can't change the ID without breaking the
+static unsigned short get_id(unsigned int crc)
-   signing, so we keep the same one. In this case force is set, and this
-   routine degenerates into killing any conflicting forward record. */
-static unsigned short get_id(int force, unsigned short force_id, unsigned int crc)
 {
   unsigned short ret = 0;
   
-  if (force)
+  do 
-    {
-      struct frec *f = lookup_frec(force_id, crc);
-      if (f)
-	free_frec(f); /* free */
-      ret = force_id;
-    }
-  else do 
     ret = rand16();
   while (lookup_frec(ret, crc));
   

src/helper.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,11 +31,12 @@
 #if defined(HAVE_DHCP) && defined(HAVE_SCRIPT)
 
 static void my_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int *error);
+static unsigned char *grab_extradata(unsigned char *buf, unsigned char *end,  char *env, int *err);
 
 struct script_data
 {
   unsigned char action, hwaddr_len, hwaddr_type;
-  unsigned char clid_len, hostname_len, uclass_len, vclass_len, shost_len;
+  unsigned char clid_len, hostname_len, ed_len;
   struct in_addr addr, giaddr;
   unsigned int remaining_time;
 #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_RTC
@@ -112,6 +113,7 @@ int create_helper(int event_fd, int err_fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, long max_fd)
       struct script_data data;
       char *p, *action_str, *hostname = NULL;
       unsigned char *buf = (unsigned char *)daemon->namebuff;
+      unsigned char *end, *alloc_buff = NULL;
       int err = 0;
 
       /* we read zero bytes when pipe closed: this is our signal to exit */ 
@@ -138,8 +140,8 @@ int create_helper(int event_fd, int err_fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, long max_fd)
             p += sprintf(p, ":");
         }
       
-      /* and CLID into packet */
+      /* and CLID into packet, avoid overwrite from bad data */
-      if (!read_write(pipefd[0], buf, data.clid_len, 1))
+      if ((data.clid_len > daemon->packet_buff_sz) || !read_write(pipefd[0], buf, data.clid_len, 1))
 	continue;
       for (p = daemon->packet, i = 0; i < data.clid_len; i++)
 	{
@@ -155,14 +157,21 @@ int create_helper(int event_fd, int err_fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, long max_fd)
       sprintf(daemon->dhcp_buff2, "%lu", (unsigned long)data.expires);
 #endif
       
+      /* supplied data may just exceed normal buffer (unlikely) */
+      if ((data.hostname_len + data.ed_len) > daemon->packet_buff_sz && 
+	  !(alloc_buff = buf = malloc(data.hostname_len + data.ed_len)))
+	continue;
+      
       if (!read_write(pipefd[0], buf, 
-		      data.hostname_len + data.uclass_len + data.vclass_len + data.shost_len, 1))
+		      data.hostname_len + data.ed_len, 1))
 	continue;
       
       /* possible fork errors are all temporary resource problems */
       while ((pid = fork()) == -1 && (errno == EAGAIN || errno == ENOMEM))
 	sleep(2);
 
+      free(alloc_buff);
+      
       if (pid == -1)
 	continue;
 	  
@@ -204,51 +213,6 @@ int create_helper(int event_fd, int err_fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, long max_fd)
       my_setenv("DNSMASQ_LEASE_EXPIRES", daemon->dhcp_buff2, &err); 
 #endif
       
-      if (data.vclass_len != 0)
-	{
-	  buf[data.vclass_len - 1] = 0; /* don't trust zero-term */
-	  /* cannot have = chars in env - truncate if found . */
-	  if ((p = strchr((char *)buf, '=')))
-	    *p = 0;
-	  my_setenv("DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS", (char *)buf, &err);
-	  buf += data.vclass_len;
-	}
-      
-      if (data.uclass_len != 0)
-	{
-	  unsigned char *end = buf + data.uclass_len;
-	  buf[data.uclass_len - 1] = 0; /* don't trust zero-term */
-	  
-	  for (i = 0; buf < end;)
-	    {
-	      size_t len = strlen((char *)buf) + 1;
-	      if ((p = strchr((char *)buf, '=')))
-		*p = 0;
-	      if (strlen((char *)buf) != 0)
-		{
-		  sprintf(daemon->dhcp_buff2, "DNSMASQ_USER_CLASS%i", i++);
-		  my_setenv(daemon->dhcp_buff2, (char *)buf, &err);
-		}
-	      buf += len;
-	    }
-	}
-      
-      if (data.shost_len != 0)
-	{
-	  buf[data.shost_len - 1] = 0; /* don't trust zero-term */
-	  /* cannot have = chars in env - truncate if found . */
-	  if ((p = strchr((char *)buf, '=')))
-	    *p = 0;
-	  my_setenv("DNSMASQ_SUPPLIED_HOSTNAME", (char *)buf, &err);
-	  buf += data.shost_len;
-	}
-
-      if (data.giaddr.s_addr != 0)
-	my_setenv("DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS", inet_ntoa(data.giaddr), &err); 
-
-      sprintf(daemon->dhcp_buff2, "%u ", data.remaining_time);
-      my_setenv("DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING", daemon->dhcp_buff2, &err);
-      
       if (data.hostname_len != 0)
 	{
 	  char *dot;
@@ -261,6 +225,30 @@ int create_helper(int event_fd, int err_fd, uid_t uid, gid_t gid, long max_fd)
 	      my_setenv("DNSMASQ_DOMAIN", dot+1, &err);
 	      *dot = 0;
 	    } 
+	  buf += data.hostname_len;
+	}
+
+      end = buf + data.ed_len;
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_VENDOR_CLASS", &err);
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_SUPPLIED_HOSTNAME", &err);
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_OUI", &err);
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_SERIAL", &err);   
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_CPEWAN_CLASS", &err);
+      buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, "DNSMASQ_TAGS", &err);
+      
+      for (i = 0; buf; i++)
+	{
+	  sprintf(daemon->dhcp_buff2, "DNSMASQ_USER_CLASS%i", i);
+	  buf = grab_extradata(buf, end, daemon->dhcp_buff2, &err);
+	}
+      
+      if (data.giaddr.s_addr != 0)
+	my_setenv("DNSMASQ_RELAY_ADDRESS", inet_ntoa(data.giaddr), &err); 
+
+      if (data.action != ACTION_DEL)
+	{
+	  sprintf(daemon->dhcp_buff2, "%u", data.remaining_time);
+	  my_setenv("DNSMASQ_TIME_REMAINING", daemon->dhcp_buff2, &err);
 	}
 
       if (data.action == ACTION_OLD_HOSTNAME && hostname)
@@ -294,30 +282,48 @@ static void my_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int *error)
     *error = errno;
 }
  
+static unsigned char *grab_extradata(unsigned char *buf, unsigned char *end,  char *env, int *err)
+{
+  unsigned char *next;
+
+  if (!buf || (buf == end))
+    return NULL;
+
+  for (next = buf; *next != 0; next++)
+    if (next == end)
+      return NULL;
+  
+  if (next != buf)
+    {
+      char *p;
+      /* No "=" in value */
+      if ((p = strchr((char *)buf, '=')))
+	*p = 0;
+      my_setenv(env, (char *)buf, err);
+    }
+
+  return next + 1;
+}
+
 /* pack up lease data into a buffer */    
 void queue_script(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname, time_t now)
 {
   unsigned char *p;
   size_t size;
-  unsigned int hostname_len = 0, clid_len = 0, vclass_len = 0;
+  unsigned int hostname_len = 0, clid_len = 0, ed_len = 0;
-  unsigned int uclass_len = 0, shost_len = 0;
   
   /* no script */
   if (daemon->helperfd == -1)
     return;
 
-  if (lease->vendorclass)
+  if (lease->extradata)
-    vclass_len = lease->vendorclass_len;
+    ed_len = lease->extradata_len;
-  if (lease->userclass)
-    uclass_len = lease->userclass_len;
-  if (lease->supplied_hostname)
-    shost_len = lease->supplied_hostname_len;
   if (lease->clid)
     clid_len = lease->clid_len;
   if (hostname)
     hostname_len = strlen(hostname) + 1;
 
-  size = sizeof(struct script_data) +  clid_len + vclass_len + uclass_len + shost_len + hostname_len;
+  size = sizeof(struct script_data) +  clid_len + ed_len + hostname_len;
 
   if (size > buf_size)
     {
@@ -339,26 +345,13 @@ void queue_script(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname, time_t n
   buf->hwaddr_len = lease->hwaddr_len;
   buf->hwaddr_type = lease->hwaddr_type;
   buf->clid_len = clid_len;
-  buf->vclass_len = vclass_len;
+  buf->ed_len = ed_len;
-  buf->uclass_len = uclass_len;
-  buf->shost_len = shost_len;
   buf->hostname_len = hostname_len;
   buf->addr = lease->addr;
   buf->giaddr = lease->giaddr;
   memcpy(buf->hwaddr, lease->hwaddr, lease->hwaddr_len);
+  if (!indextoname(daemon->dhcpfd, lease->last_interface, buf->interface))
     buf->interface[0] = 0;
-#ifdef HAVE_LINUX_NETWORK
-  if (lease->last_interface != 0)
-    {
-      struct ifreq ifr;
-      ifr.ifr_ifindex = lease->last_interface;
-      if (ioctl(daemon->dhcpfd, SIOCGIFNAME, &ifr) != -1)
-	strncpy(buf->interface, ifr.ifr_name, IF_NAMESIZE);
-    }
-#else
-  if (lease->last_interface != 0)
-    if_indextoname(lease->last_interface, buf->interface);
-#endif
   
 #ifdef HAVE_BROKEN_RTC 
   buf->length = lease->length;
@@ -373,27 +366,16 @@ void queue_script(int action, struct dhcp_lease *lease, char *hostname, time_t n
       memcpy(p, lease->clid, clid_len);
       p += clid_len;
     }
-  if (vclass_len != 0)
-    {
-      memcpy(p, lease->vendorclass, vclass_len);
-      p += vclass_len;
-    }
-  if (uclass_len != 0)
-    {
-      memcpy(p, lease->userclass, uclass_len);
-      p += uclass_len;
-    }
-  if (shost_len != 0)
-    {
-      memcpy(p, lease->supplied_hostname, shost_len);
-      p += shost_len;
-    } 
   if (hostname_len != 0)
     {
       memcpy(p, hostname, hostname_len);
       p += hostname_len;
     }
-
+  if (ed_len != 0)
+    {
+      memcpy(p, lease->extradata, ed_len);
+      p += ed_len;
+    }
   bytes_in_buf = p - (unsigned char *)buf;
 }
 

src/lease.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -29,10 +29,11 @@ void lease_init(time_t now)
   int clid_len, hw_len, hw_type;
   FILE *leasestream;
   
-  /* These two each hold a DHCP option max size 255
+  /* These each hold a DHCP option max size 255
      and get a terminating zero added */
   daemon->dhcp_buff = safe_malloc(256);
   daemon->dhcp_buff2 = safe_malloc(256); 
+  daemon->dhcp_buff3 = safe_malloc(256);
  
   leases_left = daemon->dhcp_max;
 
@@ -564,9 +565,7 @@ int do_script_run(time_t now)
 	  
 	  free(lease->old_hostname); 
 	  free(lease->clid);
-	  free(lease->vendorclass);
+	  free(lease->extradata);
-	  free(lease->userclass);
-	  free(lease->supplied_hostname);
 	  free(lease);
 	    
 	  return 1; 
@@ -599,15 +598,9 @@ int do_script_run(time_t now)
 #endif
 	lease->new = lease->changed = lease->aux_changed = 0;
 	
-	/* these are used for the "add" call, then junked, since they're not in the database */
+	/* this is used for the "add" call, then junked, since they're not in the database */
-	free(lease->vendorclass);
+	free(lease->extradata);
-	lease->vendorclass = NULL;
+	lease->extradata = NULL;
-	
-	free(lease->userclass);
-	lease->userclass = NULL;
-	
-	free(lease->supplied_hostname);
-	lease->supplied_hostname = NULL;
 	
 	return 1;
       }

src/log.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
 /* defaults in case we die() before we log_start() */
 static int log_fac = LOG_DAEMON;
 static int log_stderr = 0;
+static int echo_stderr = 0;
 static int log_fd = -1;
 static int log_to_file = 0;
 static int entries_alloced = 0;
@@ -54,7 +55,7 @@ int log_start(struct passwd *ent_pw, int errfd)
 {
   int ret = 0;
 
-  log_stderr = !!(daemon->options & OPT_DEBUG);
+  echo_stderr = !!(daemon->options & OPT_DEBUG);
 
   if (daemon->log_fac != -1)
     log_fac = daemon->log_fac;
@@ -67,6 +68,12 @@ int log_start(struct passwd *ent_pw, int errfd)
     { 
       log_to_file = 1;
       daemon->max_logs = 0;
+      if (strcmp(daemon->log_file, "-") == 0)
+	{
+	  log_stderr = 1;
+	  echo_stderr = 0;
+	  log_fd = dup(STDERR_FILENO);
+	}
     }
   
   max_logs = daemon->max_logs;
@@ -90,7 +97,7 @@ int log_start(struct passwd *ent_pw, int errfd)
      change the ownership here so that the file is always owned by
      the dnsmasq user. Then logrotate can just copy the owner.
      Failure of the chown call is OK, (for instance when started as non-root) */
-  if (log_to_file && ent_pw && ent_pw->pw_uid != 0 && 
+  if (log_to_file && !log_stderr && ent_pw && ent_pw->pw_uid != 0 && 
       fchown(log_fd, ent_pw->pw_uid, -1) != 0)
     ret = errno;
 
@@ -98,6 +105,8 @@ int log_start(struct passwd *ent_pw, int errfd)
 }
 
 int log_reopen(char *log_file)
+{
+  if (!log_stderr)
     {      
       if (log_fd != -1)
 	close(log_fd);
@@ -105,31 +114,26 @@ int log_reopen(char *log_file)
       /* NOTE: umask is set to 022 by the time this gets called */
       
       if (log_file)
-    {
 	log_fd = open(log_file, O_WRONLY|O_CREAT|O_APPEND, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP);      
-      return log_fd != -1;
-    }
       else
+	{
 #ifdef HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK
 	  /* Solaris logging is "different", /dev/log is not unix-domain socket.
 	     Just leave log_fd == -1 and use the vsyslog call for everything.... */
 #   define _PATH_LOG ""  /* dummy */
-    log_fd = -1;
+	  return 1;
 #else
-    {
 	  int flags;
 	  log_fd = socket(AF_UNIX, connection_type, 0);
 	  
-      if (log_fd == -1)
-	return 0;
-      
 	  /* if max_logs is zero, leave the socket blocking */
-      if (max_logs != 0 && (flags = fcntl(log_fd, F_GETFL)) != -1)
+	  if (log_fd != -1 && max_logs != 0 && (flags = fcntl(log_fd, F_GETFL)) != -1)
 	    fcntl(log_fd, F_SETFL, flags | O_NONBLOCK);
-    }
 #endif
+	}
+    }
   
-  return 1;
+  return log_fd != -1;
 }
 
 static void free_entry(void)
@@ -267,9 +271,14 @@ void my_syslog(int priority, const char *format, ...)
   else if ((LOG_FACMASK & priority) == MS_DHCP)
     func = "-dhcp";
       
+#ifdef LOG_PRI
   priority = LOG_PRI(priority);
+#else
+  /* Solaris doesn't have LOG_PRI */
+  priority &= LOG_PRIMASK;
+#endif
 
-  if (log_stderr) 
+  if (echo_stderr) 
     {
       fprintf(stderr, "dnsmasq%s: ", func);
       va_start(ap, format);
@@ -389,14 +398,19 @@ void check_log_writer(fd_set *set)
 
 void flush_log(void)
 {
-  /* block until queue empty */
+  /* write until queue empty */
-  if (log_fd != -1)
+  while (log_fd != -1)
     {
-      int flags;
+      struct timespec waiter;
-      if ((flags = fcntl(log_fd, F_GETFL)) != -1)
-	fcntl(log_fd, F_SETFL, flags & ~O_NONBLOCK);
       log_write();
+      if (!entries)
+	{
 	  close(log_fd);	
+	  break;
+	}
+      waiter.tv_sec = 0;
+      waiter.tv_nsec = 1000000; /* 1 ms */
+      nanosleep(&waiter, NULL);
     }
 }
 
@@ -407,11 +421,13 @@ void die(char *message, char *arg1, int exit_code)
   if (!arg1)
     arg1 = errmess;
 
-  log_stderr = 1; /* print as well as log when we die.... */
+  if (!log_stderr)
+    {
+      echo_stderr = 1; /* print as well as log when we die.... */
       fputc('\n', stderr); /* prettyfy  startup-script message */
+    }
   my_syslog(LOG_CRIT, message, arg1, errmess);
-  
+  echo_stderr = 0;
-  log_stderr = 0;
   my_syslog(LOG_CRIT, _("FAILED to start up"));
   flush_log();
   

src/netlink.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

src/network.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -54,6 +54,43 @@ int iface_check(int family, struct all_addr *addr, char *name, int *indexp)
   /* Note: have to check all and not bail out early, so that we set the
      "used" flags. */
   
+  if (daemon->if_names || (addr && daemon->if_addrs))
+    {
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
+      struct dhcp_context *range;
+#endif
+
+      ret = 0;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
+      for (range = daemon->dhcp; range; range = range->next)
+	if (range->interface && strcmp(range->interface, name) == 0)
+	  ret = 1;
+#endif
+
+      for (tmp = daemon->if_names; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
+	if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, name) == 0))
+	  ret = tmp->used = 1;
+	        
+      for (tmp = daemon->if_addrs; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
+	if (addr && tmp->addr.sa.sa_family == family)
+	  {
+	    if (family == AF_INET &&
+		tmp->addr.in.sin_addr.s_addr == addr->addr.addr4.s_addr)
+	      ret = tmp->used = 1;
+#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
+	    else if (family == AF_INET6 &&
+		     IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&tmp->addr.in6.sin6_addr, 
+					&addr->addr.addr6))
+	      ret = tmp->used = 1;
+#endif
+	  }          
+    }
+  
+  for (tmp = daemon->if_except; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
+    if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, name) == 0))
+      ret = 0;
+  
   if (indexp)
     {
       /* One form of bridging on BSD has the property that packets
@@ -85,33 +122,6 @@ int iface_check(int family, struct all_addr *addr, char *name, int *indexp)
 	}
     }
   
-  if (daemon->if_names || (addr && daemon->if_addrs))
-    {
-      ret = 0;
-
-      for (tmp = daemon->if_names; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
-	if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, name) == 0))
-	  ret = tmp->used = 1;
-	        
-      for (tmp = daemon->if_addrs; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
-	if (addr && tmp->addr.sa.sa_family == family)
-	  {
-	    if (family == AF_INET &&
-		tmp->addr.in.sin_addr.s_addr == addr->addr.addr4.s_addr)
-	      ret = tmp->used = 1;
-#ifdef HAVE_IPV6
-	    else if (family == AF_INET6 &&
-		     IN6_ARE_ADDR_EQUAL(&tmp->addr.in6.sin6_addr, 
-					&addr->addr.addr6))
-	      ret = tmp->used = 1;
-#endif
-	  }          
-    }
-  
-  for (tmp = daemon->if_except; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
-    if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, name) == 0))
-      ret = 0;
-  
   return ret; 
 }
       
@@ -121,8 +131,11 @@ static int iface_allowed(struct irec **irecp, int if_index,
   struct irec *iface;
   int fd, mtu = 0, loopback;
   struct ifreq ifr;
-  int dhcp_ok = 1;
+  int tftp_ok = daemon->tftp_unlimited;
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
   struct iname *tmp;
+#endif
+  struct interface_list *ir = NULL;
 
   /* check whether the interface IP has been added already 
      we call this routine multiple times. */
@@ -173,27 +186,45 @@ static int iface_allowed(struct irec **irecp, int if_index,
 	}
     }
   
+#ifdef HAVE_TFTP
+  /* implement wierd TFTP service rules */
+  if (addr->sa.sa_family == AF_INET)
+    for (ir = daemon->tftp_interfaces; ir; ir = ir->next)
+      if (strcmp(ir->interface, ifr.ifr_name) == 0)
+	{
+	  tftp_ok = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+#endif
+
+  if (!ir)
+    {
       if (addr->sa.sa_family == AF_INET &&
 	  !iface_check(AF_INET, (struct all_addr *)&addr->in.sin_addr, ifr.ifr_name, NULL))
 	return 1;
       
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
       for (tmp = daemon->dhcp_except; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
 	if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, ifr.ifr_name) == 0))
-      dhcp_ok = 0;
+	  tftp_ok = 0;
+#endif
       
 #ifdef HAVE_IPV6
       if (addr->sa.sa_family == AF_INET6 &&
 	  !iface_check(AF_INET6, (struct all_addr *)&addr->in6.sin6_addr, ifr.ifr_name, NULL))
 	return 1;
 #endif
+    }
 
   /* add to list */
   if ((iface = whine_malloc(sizeof(struct irec))))
     {
       iface->addr = *addr;
       iface->netmask = netmask;
-      iface->dhcp_ok = dhcp_ok;
+      iface->tftp_ok = tftp_ok;
       iface->mtu = mtu;
+      if ((iface->name = whine_malloc(strlen(ifr.ifr_name)+1)))
+	strcpy(iface->name, ifr.ifr_name);
       iface->next = *irecp;
       *irecp = iface;
       return 1;
@@ -294,16 +325,35 @@ static int create_ipv6_listener(struct listener **link, int port)
       setsockopt(tcpfd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_V6ONLY, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1 ||
       !fix_fd(fd) ||
       !fix_fd(tcpfd) ||
-#ifdef IPV6_RECVPKTINFO
-      setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1 ||
-#else
-      setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_PKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1 ||
-#endif
       bind(tcpfd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, sa_len(&addr)) == -1 ||
       listen(tcpfd, 5) == -1 ||
       bind(fd, (struct sockaddr *)&addr, sa_len(&addr)) == -1) 
     return 0;
 
+  /* The API changed around Linux 2.6.14 but the old ABI is still supported:
+     handle all combinations of headers and kernel.
+     OpenWrt note that this fixes the problem addressed by your very broken patch. */
+
+  daemon->v6pktinfo = IPV6_PKTINFO;
+
+#ifdef IPV6_RECVPKTINFO
+#  ifdef IPV6_2292PKTINFO
+  if (setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1)
+    {
+      if (errno == ENOPROTOOPT && setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_2292PKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) != -1)
+	daemon->v6pktinfo = IPV6_2292PKTINFO;
+      else
+	return 0;
+    }
+#  else
+  if (setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1)
+    return 0;
+#  endif 
+#else
+  if (setsockopt(fd, IPV6_LEVEL, IPV6_PKTINFO, &opt, sizeof(opt)) == -1)
+    return 0;
+#endif
+  
   l = safe_malloc(sizeof(struct listener));
   l->fd = fd;
   l->tcpfd = tcpfd;
@@ -358,7 +408,7 @@ struct listener *create_wildcard_listeners(void)
     }
   
 #ifdef HAVE_TFTP
-  if (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP)
+  if (daemon->tftp_unlimited || daemon->tftp_interfaces)
     {
       addr.in.sin_port = htons(TFTP_PORT);
       if ((tftpfd = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0)) == -1)
@@ -456,7 +506,7 @@ struct listener *create_bound_listeners(void)
 	}
 
 #ifdef HAVE_TFTP
-      if ((daemon->options & OPT_TFTP) && iface->addr.sa.sa_family == AF_INET && iface->dhcp_ok)
+      if (iface->addr.sa.sa_family == AF_INET && iface->tftp_ok)
 	{
 	  short save = iface->addr.in.sin_port;
 	  iface->addr.in.sin_port = htons(TFTP_PORT);
@@ -553,7 +603,7 @@ int local_bind(int fd, union mysockaddr *addr, char *intname, int is_tcp)
     
 #if defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE)
   if (intname[0] != 0 &&
-      setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, intname, strlen(intname)) == -1)
+      setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_BINDTODEVICE, intname, IF_NAMESIZE) == -1)
     return 0;
 #endif
 
@@ -647,12 +697,12 @@ void pre_allocate_sfds(void)
     }
   
   for (srv = daemon->servers; srv; srv = srv->next)
-    if (!(srv->flags & (SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS | SERV_NO_ADDR)) &&
+    if (!(srv->flags & (SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS | SERV_NO_ADDR | SERV_USE_RESOLV | SERV_NO_REBIND)) &&
 	!allocate_sfd(&srv->source_addr, srv->interface) &&
 	errno != 0 &&
 	(daemon->options & OPT_NOWILD))
       {
-	prettyprint_addr(&srv->addr, daemon->namebuff);
+	prettyprint_addr(&srv->source_addr, daemon->namebuff);
 	if (srv->interface[0] != 0)
 	  {
 	    strcat(daemon->namebuff, " ");
@@ -670,11 +720,15 @@ void check_servers(void)
   struct server *new, *tmp, *ret = NULL;
   int port = 0;
 
+  /* interface may be new since startup */
+  if (!(daemon->options & OPT_NOWILD))
+    enumerate_interfaces();
+  
   for (new = daemon->servers; new; new = tmp)
     {
       tmp = new->next;
       
-      if (!(new->flags & (SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS | SERV_NO_ADDR)))
+      if (!(new->flags & (SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS | SERV_NO_ADDR | SERV_USE_RESOLV | SERV_NO_REBIND)))
 	{
 	  port = prettyprint_addr(&new->addr, daemon->namebuff);
 
@@ -713,7 +767,9 @@ void check_servers(void)
       new->next = ret;
       ret = new;
       
-      if (new->flags & (SERV_HAS_DOMAIN | SERV_FOR_NODOTS))
+      if (!(new->flags & SERV_NO_REBIND))
+	{
+	  if (new->flags & (SERV_HAS_DOMAIN | SERV_FOR_NODOTS | SERV_USE_RESOLV))
 	    {
 	      char *s1, *s2;
 	      if (!(new->flags & SERV_HAS_DOMAIN))
@@ -725,6 +781,8 @@ void check_servers(void)
 	      
 	      if (new->flags & SERV_NO_ADDR)
 		my_syslog(LOG_INFO, _("using local addresses only for %s %s"), s1, s2);
+	      else if (new->flags & SERV_USE_RESOLV)
+		my_syslog(LOG_INFO, _("using standard nameservers for %s %s"), s1, s2);
 	      else if (!(new->flags & SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS))
 		my_syslog(LOG_INFO, _("using nameserver %s#%d for %s %s"), daemon->namebuff, port, s1, s2);
 	    }
@@ -733,6 +791,7 @@ void check_servers(void)
 	  else
 	    my_syslog(LOG_INFO, _("using nameserver %s#%d"), daemon->namebuff, port); 
 	}
+    }
   
   daemon->servers = ret;
 }
@@ -858,16 +917,19 @@ struct in_addr get_ifaddr(char *intr)
 {
   struct listener *l;
   struct ifreq ifr;
+  struct sockaddr_in ret;
+  
+  ret.sin_addr.s_addr = -1;
 
   for (l = daemon->listeners; l && l->family != AF_INET; l = l->next);
   
   strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, intr, IF_NAMESIZE);
   ifr.ifr_addr.sa_family = AF_INET;
   
-  if (!l || ioctl(l->fd, SIOCGIFADDR, &ifr) == -1)
+  if (l &&  ioctl(l->fd, SIOCGIFADDR, &ifr) != -1)
-    ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr.s_addr = -1;
+    memcpy(&ret, &ifr.ifr_addr, sizeof(ret)); 
   
-  return ((struct sockaddr_in *) &ifr.ifr_addr)->sin_addr;
+  return ret.sin_addr;
 }
 
 

src/option.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -102,6 +102,12 @@ struct myoption {
 #define LOPT_PXE_PROMT 291
 #define LOPT_PXE_SERV  292
 #define LOPT_TEST      293
+#define LOPT_TAG_IF    294
+#define LOPT_PROXY     295
+#define LOPT_GEN_NAMES 296
+#define LOPT_MAXTTL    297
+#define LOPT_NO_REBIND 298
+#define LOPT_LOC_REBND 299
 
 #ifdef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
 static const struct option opts[] =  
@@ -176,7 +182,7 @@ static const struct myoption opts[] =
     { "dns-forward-max", 1, 0, '0' },
     { "clear-on-reload", 0, 0, LOPT_RELOAD },
     { "dhcp-ignore-names", 2, 0, LOPT_NO_NAMES },
-    { "enable-tftp", 0, 0, LOPT_TFTP },
+    { "enable-tftp", 2, 0, LOPT_TFTP },
     { "tftp-secure", 0, 0, LOPT_SECURE },
     { "tftp-unique-root", 0, 0, LOPT_APREF },
     { "tftp-root", 1, 0, LOPT_PREFIX },
@@ -197,10 +203,12 @@ static const struct myoption opts[] =
     { "dhcp-no-override", 0, 0, LOPT_OVERRIDE },
     { "tftp-port-range", 1, 0, LOPT_TFTPPORTS },
     { "stop-dns-rebind", 0, 0, LOPT_REBIND },
+    { "rebind-domain-ok", 1, 0, LOPT_NO_REBIND },
     { "all-servers", 0, 0, LOPT_NOLAST }, 
     { "dhcp-match", 1, 0, LOPT_MATCH }, 
-    { "dhcp-broadcast", 1, 0, LOPT_BROADCAST },
+    { "dhcp-broadcast", 2, 0, LOPT_BROADCAST },
     { "neg-ttl", 1, 0, LOPT_NEGTTL },
+    { "max-ttl", 1, 0, LOPT_MAXTTL },
     { "dhcp-alternate-port", 2, 0, LOPT_ALTPORT },
     { "dhcp-scriptuser", 1, 0, LOPT_SCRIPTUSR },
     { "min-port", 1, 0, LOPT_MINPORT },
@@ -209,6 +217,10 @@ static const struct myoption opts[] =
     { "pxe-prompt", 1, 0, LOPT_PXE_PROMT },
     { "pxe-service", 1, 0, LOPT_PXE_SERV },
     { "test", 0, 0, LOPT_TEST },
+    { "tag-if", 1, 0, LOPT_TAG_IF },
+    { "dhcp-proxy", 2, 0, LOPT_PROXY },
+    { "dhcp-generate-names", 2, 0, LOPT_GEN_NAMES },
+    { "rebind-localhost-ok", 0, 0,  LOPT_LOC_REBND },
     { NULL, 0, 0, 0 }
   };
 
@@ -239,18 +251,19 @@ static struct {
   { 'F', ARG_DUP, "ipaddr,ipaddr,time", gettext_noop("Enable DHCP in the range given with lease duration."), NULL },
   { 'g', ARG_ONE, "groupname", gettext_noop("Change to this group after startup (defaults to %s)."), CHGRP },
   { 'G', ARG_DUP, "<hostspec>", gettext_noop("Set address or hostname for a specified machine."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_DHCP_HOST, ARG_ONE, "<filename>", gettext_noop("Read DHCP host specs from file"), NULL },
+  { LOPT_DHCP_HOST, ARG_ONE, "<filename>", gettext_noop("Read DHCP host specs from file."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_DHCP_OPTS, ARG_ONE, "<filename>", gettext_noop("Read DHCP option specs from file"), NULL },
+  { LOPT_DHCP_OPTS, ARG_ONE, "<filename>", gettext_noop("Read DHCP option specs from file."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_TAG_IF, ARG_DUP, "tag-expression", gettext_noop("Evaluate conditional tag expression."), NULL },
   { 'h', OPT_NO_HOSTS, NULL, gettext_noop("Do NOT load %s file."), HOSTSFILE },
   { 'H', ARG_DUP, "path", gettext_noop("Specify a hosts file to be read in addition to %s."), HOSTSFILE },
   { 'i', ARG_DUP, "interface", gettext_noop("Specify interface(s) to listen on."), NULL },
   { 'I', ARG_DUP, "int", gettext_noop("Specify interface(s) NOT to listen on.") , NULL },
-  { 'j', ARG_DUP, "<tag>,<class>", gettext_noop("Map DHCP user class to tag."), NULL },
+  { 'j', ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<class>", gettext_noop("Map DHCP user class to tag."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_CIRCUIT, ARG_DUP, "<tag>,<circuit>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3046 circuit-id to tag."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_CIRCUIT, ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<circuit>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3046 circuit-id to tag."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_REMOTE, ARG_DUP, "<tag>,<remote>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3046 remote-id to tag."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_REMOTE, ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<remote>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3046 remote-id to tag."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_SUBSCR, ARG_DUP, "<tag>,<remote>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3993 subscriber-id to tag."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_SUBSCR, ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<remote>", gettext_noop("Map RFC3993 subscriber-id to tag."), NULL },
-  { 'J', ARG_DUP, "=<id>[,<id>]", gettext_noop("Don't do DHCP for hosts with tag set."), NULL },
+  { 'J', ARG_DUP, "tag:<tag>...", gettext_noop("Don't do DHCP for hosts with tag set."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_BROADCAST, ARG_DUP, "=<id>[,<id>]", gettext_noop("Force broadcast replies for hosts with tag set."), NULL }, 
+  { LOPT_BROADCAST, ARG_DUP, "[=tag:<tag>...]", gettext_noop("Force broadcast replies for hosts with tag set."), NULL }, 
   { 'k', OPT_NO_FORK, NULL, gettext_noop("Do NOT fork into the background, do NOT run in debug mode."), NULL },
   { 'K', OPT_AUTHORITATIVE, NULL, gettext_noop("Assume we are the only DHCP server on the local network."), NULL },
   { 'l', ARG_ONE, "path", gettext_noop("Specify where to store DHCP leases (defaults to %s)."), LEASEFILE },
@@ -274,8 +287,9 @@ static struct {
   { 't', ARG_ONE, "host_name", gettext_noop("Specify default target in an MX record."), NULL },
   { 'T', ARG_ONE, "time", gettext_noop("Specify time-to-live in seconds for replies from /etc/hosts."), NULL },
   { LOPT_NEGTTL, ARG_ONE, "time", gettext_noop("Specify time-to-live in seconds for negative caching."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_MAXTTL, ARG_ONE, "time", gettext_noop("Specify time-to-live in seconds for maximum TTL to send to clients."), NULL },
   { 'u', ARG_ONE, "username", gettext_noop("Change to this user after startup. (defaults to %s)."), CHUSER }, 
-  { 'U', ARG_DUP, "<id>,<class>", gettext_noop("Map DHCP vendor class to tag."), NULL },
+  { 'U', ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<class>", gettext_noop("Map DHCP vendor class to tag."), NULL },
   { 'v', 0, NULL, gettext_noop("Display dnsmasq version and copyright information."), NULL },
   { 'V', ARG_DUP, "addr,addr,mask", gettext_noop("Translate IPv4 addresses from upstream servers."), NULL },
   { 'W', ARG_DUP, "name,target,...", gettext_noop("Specify a SRV record."), NULL },
@@ -290,8 +304,8 @@ static struct {
   { 'Z', OPT_ETHERS, NULL, gettext_noop("Read DHCP static host information from %s."), ETHERSFILE },
   { '1', OPT_DBUS, NULL, gettext_noop("Enable the DBus interface for setting upstream servers, etc."), NULL },
   { '2', ARG_DUP, "interface", gettext_noop("Do not provide DHCP on this interface, only provide DNS."), NULL },
-  { '3', ARG_DUP, "[=<id>[,<id>]]", gettext_noop("Enable dynamic address allocation for bootp."), NULL },
+  { '3', ARG_DUP, "[=tag:<tag>]...", gettext_noop("Enable dynamic address allocation for bootp."), NULL },
-  { '4', ARG_DUP, "<id>,<mac address>", gettext_noop("Map MAC address (with wildcards) to option set."), NULL },
+  { '4', ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<mac address>", gettext_noop("Map MAC address (with wildcards) to option set."), NULL },
   { LOPT_BRIDGE, ARG_DUP, "iface,alias,..", gettext_noop("Treat DHCP requests on aliases as arriving from interface."), NULL },
   { '5', OPT_NO_PING, NULL, gettext_noop("Disable ICMP echo address checking in the DHCP server."), NULL },
   { '6', ARG_ONE, "path", gettext_noop("Script to run on DHCP lease creation and destruction."), NULL },
@@ -300,10 +314,10 @@ static struct {
   { '9', OPT_LEASE_RO, NULL, gettext_noop("Do not use leasefile."), NULL },
   { '0', ARG_ONE, "<queries>", gettext_noop("Maximum number of concurrent DNS queries. (defaults to %s)"), "!" }, 
   { LOPT_RELOAD, OPT_RELOAD, NULL, gettext_noop("Clear DNS cache when reloading %s."), RESOLVFILE },
-  { LOPT_NO_NAMES, ARG_DUP, "[=<id>[,<id>]]", gettext_noop("Ignore hostnames provided by DHCP clients."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_NO_NAMES, ARG_DUP, "[=tag:<tag>]...", gettext_noop("Ignore hostnames provided by DHCP clients."), NULL },
   { LOPT_OVERRIDE, OPT_NO_OVERRIDE, NULL, gettext_noop("Do NOT reuse filename and server fields for extra DHCP options."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_TFTP, OPT_TFTP, NULL, gettext_noop("Enable integrated read-only TFTP server."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_TFTP, ARG_DUP, "[=<interface>]", gettext_noop("Enable integrated read-only TFTP server."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_PREFIX, ARG_ONE, "<directory>", gettext_noop("Export files by TFTP only from the specified subtree."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_PREFIX, ARG_ONE, "<dir>[,<iface>]", gettext_noop("Export files by TFTP only from the specified subtree."), NULL },
   { LOPT_APREF, OPT_TFTP_APREF, NULL, gettext_noop("Add client IP address to tftp-root."), NULL },
   { LOPT_SECURE, OPT_TFTP_SECURE, NULL, gettext_noop("Allow access only to files owned by the user running dnsmasq."), NULL },
   { LOPT_TFTP_MAX, ARG_ONE, "<connections>", gettext_noop("Maximum number of conncurrent TFTP transfers (defaults to %s)."), "#" },
@@ -312,13 +326,17 @@ static struct {
   { LOPT_LOG_OPTS, OPT_LOG_OPTS, NULL, gettext_noop("Extra logging for DHCP."), NULL },
   { LOPT_MAX_LOGS, ARG_ONE, "[=<log lines>]", gettext_noop("Enable async. logging; optionally set queue length."), NULL },
   { LOPT_REBIND, OPT_NO_REBIND, NULL, gettext_noop("Stop DNS rebinding. Filter private IP ranges when resolving."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_LOC_REBND, OPT_LOCAL_REBIND, NULL, gettext_noop("Allow rebinding of 127.0.0.0/8, for RBL servers."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_NO_REBIND, ARG_DUP, "/domain/", gettext_noop("Inhibit DNS-rebind protection on this domain."), NULL },
   { LOPT_NOLAST, OPT_ALL_SERVERS, NULL, gettext_noop("Always perform DNS queries to all servers."), NULL },
-  { LOPT_MATCH, ARG_DUP, "<netid>,<optspec>", gettext_noop("Set tag if client includes matching option in request."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_MATCH, ARG_DUP, "set:<tag>,<optspec>", gettext_noop("Set tag if client includes matching option in request."), NULL },
   { LOPT_ALTPORT, ARG_ONE, "[=<ports>]", gettext_noop("Use alternative ports for DHCP."), NULL },
   { LOPT_SCRIPTUSR, ARG_ONE, "<username>", gettext_noop("Run lease-change script as this user."), NULL },
   { LOPT_NAPTR, ARG_DUP, "<name>,<naptr>", gettext_noop("Specify NAPTR DNS record."), NULL },
   { LOPT_MINPORT, ARG_ONE, "<port>", gettext_noop("Specify lowest port available for DNS query transmission."), NULL },
   { LOPT_DHCP_FQDN, OPT_DHCP_FQDN, NULL, gettext_noop("Use only fully qualified domain names for DHCP clients."), NULL },
+  { LOPT_GEN_NAMES, ARG_DUP, "[=tag:<tag>]...", gettext_noop("Generate hostnames based on MAC address for nameless clients."), NULL},
+  { LOPT_PROXY, ARG_DUP, "[=<ip_address>]...", gettext_noop("Use these DHCP relays as full proxies."), NULL },
   { LOPT_CNAME, ARG_DUP, "<alias>,<target>", gettext_noop("Specify alias name for LOCAL DNS name."), NULL },
   { LOPT_PXE_PROMT, ARG_DUP, "<prompt>,[<timeout>]", gettext_noop("Prompt to send to PXE clients."), NULL },
   { LOPT_PXE_SERV, ARG_DUP, "<service>", gettext_noop("Boot service for PXE menu."), NULL },
@@ -406,6 +424,7 @@ static const struct {
   { "domain-search", 119, 0 },
   { "sip-server", 120, 0 },
   { "classless-static-route", 121, 0 },
+  { "vendor-id-encap", 125, 0 },
   { "server-ip-address", 255, OT_ADDR_LIST }, /* special, internal only, sets siaddr */
   { NULL, 0, 0 }
 };
@@ -518,9 +537,9 @@ static char *split_chr(char *s, char c)
   p = comma;
   *comma = ' ';
   
-  for (; isspace((int)*comma); comma++);
+  for (; *comma == ' '; comma++);
  
-  for (; (p >= s) && isspace((int)*p); p--)
+  for (; (p >= s) && *p == ' '; p--)
     *p = 0;
     
   return comma;
@@ -636,7 +655,7 @@ static void do_usage(void)
 	sprintf(buff, "    ");
       
       sprintf(buff+4, "--%s%s%s", opts[j].name, eq, desc);
-      printf("%-36.36s", buff);
+      printf("%-40.40s", buff);
 	     
       if (usage[i].arg)
 	{
@@ -662,6 +681,22 @@ static void display_opts(void)
       printf("%3d %s\n", opttab[i].val, opttab[i].name);
 }
 
+static int is_tag_prefix(char *arg)
+{
+  if (arg && (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg || strstr(arg, "tag:") == arg))
+    return 1;
+  
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static char *set_prefix(char *arg)
+{
+   if (strstr(arg, "set:") == arg)
+     return arg+4;
+   
+   return arg;
+}
+
 /* This is too insanely large to keep in-line in the switch */
 static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
 {
@@ -716,14 +751,24 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
 	  new->u.encap = atoi(arg+6);
 	  new->flags |= DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE;
 	}
+      else if (strstr(arg, "vi-encap:") == arg)
+	{
+	  new->u.encap = atoi(arg+9);
+	  new->flags |= DHOPT_RFC3925;
+	  if (flags == DHOPT_MATCH)
+	    {
+	      new->opt = 1; /* avoid error below */
+	      break;
+	    }
+	}
       else
 	{
 	  new->netid = opt_malloc(sizeof (struct dhcp_netid));
-	  /* allow optional "net:" for consistency */
+	  /* allow optional "net:" or "tag:" for consistency */
-	  if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	  if (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 	    new->netid->net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
 	  else
-	    new->netid->net = opt_string_alloc(arg);
+	    new->netid->net = opt_string_alloc(set_prefix(arg));
 	  new->netid->next = np;
 	  np = new->netid;
 	}
@@ -731,6 +776,7 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
       arg = comma; 
     }
   
+  /* option may be missing with rfc3925 match */
   if (new->opt == 0)
     problem = _("bad dhcp-option");
   else if (comma)
@@ -835,7 +881,7 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
 	  new->val = op = opt_malloc((5 * addrs) + 1);
 	  new->flags |= DHOPT_ADDR;
 
-	  if (!(new->flags & DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE) && new->opt == 120)
+	  if (!(new->flags & (DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE | DHOPT_VENDOR | DHOPT_RFC3925)) && new->opt == 120)
 	    {
 	      *(op++) = 1; /* RFC 3361 "enc byte" */
 	      new->flags &= ~DHOPT_ADDR;
@@ -872,7 +918,7 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
       else if (is_string)
 	{
 	  /* text arg */
-	  if ((new->opt == 119 || new->opt == 120) && !(new->flags & DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE))
+	  if ((new->opt == 119 || new->opt == 120) && !(new->flags & (DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE | DHOPT_VENDOR | DHOPT_RFC3925)))
 	    {
 	      /* dns search, RFC 3397, or SIP, RFC 3361 */
 	      unsigned char *q, *r, *tail;
@@ -885,30 +931,39 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
 	      
 	      while (arg && *arg)
 		{
-		  char *dom;
+		  char *in, *dom = NULL;
-		  if (!(dom = arg = canonicalise_opt(arg)))
+		  size_t domlen = 1;
+		  /* Allow "." as an empty domain */
+		  if (strcmp (arg, ".") != 0)
+		    {
+		      if (!(dom = canonicalise_opt(arg)))
 			{
 			  problem = _("bad domain in dhcp-option");
 			  break;
 			}
+		      domlen = strlen(dom) + 2;
+		    }
 		      
-		  newp = opt_malloc(len + strlen(arg) + 2 + header_size);
+		  newp = opt_malloc(len + domlen + header_size);
 		  if (m)
+		    {
 		      memcpy(newp, m, header_size + len);
+		      free(m);
+		    }
 		  m = newp;
 		  p = m + header_size;
 		  q = p + len;
 		  
 		  /* add string on the end in RFC1035 format */
-		  while (*arg) 
+		  for (in = dom; in && *in;) 
 		    {
 		      unsigned char *cp = q++;
 		      int j;
-		      for (j = 0; *arg && (*arg != '.'); arg++, j++)
+		      for (j = 0; *in && (*in != '.'); in++, j++)
-			*q++ = *arg;
+			*q++ = *in;
 		      *cp = j;
-		      if (*arg)
+		      if (*in)
-			arg++;
+			in++;
 		    }
 		  *q++ = 0;
 		  free(dom);
@@ -946,7 +1001,9 @@ static char *parse_dhcp_opt(char *arg, int flags)
 	}
     }
 
-  if ((new->len > 255) || (new->len > 253 && (new->flags & (DHOPT_VENDOR | DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE))))
+  if ((new->len > 255) || 
+      (new->len > 253 && (new->flags & (DHOPT_VENDOR | DHOPT_ENCAPSULATE))) ||
+      (new->len > 250 && (new->flags & DHOPT_RFC3925)))
     problem = _("dhcp-option too long");
   
   if (!problem)
@@ -1107,7 +1164,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 
     case '8': /* --log-facility */
       /* may be a filename */
-      if (strchr(arg, '/'))
+      if (strchr(arg, '/') || strcmp (arg, "-") == 0)
 	daemon->log_file = opt_string_alloc(arg);
       else
 	{	  
@@ -1380,18 +1437,23 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
     case 'S':            /*  --server */
     case LOPT_LOCAL:     /*  --local */
     case 'A':            /*  --address */
+    case LOPT_NO_REBIND: /*  --rebind-domain-ok */
       {
 	struct server *serv, *newlist = NULL;
 	
 	unhide_metas(arg);
 	
-	if (arg && *arg == '/')
+	if (arg && (*arg == '/' || option == LOPT_NO_REBIND))
 	  {
-	    char *end;
+	    int rebind = !(*arg == '/');
+	    char *end = NULL;
+	    if (!rebind)
 	      arg++;
-	    while ((end = split_chr(arg, '/')))
+	    while (rebind || (end = split_chr(arg, '/')))
 	      {
 		char *domain = NULL;
+		/* elide leading dots - they are implied in the search algorithm */
+		while (*arg == '.') arg++;
 		/* # matches everything and becomes a zero length domain string */
 		if (strcmp(arg, "#") == 0)
 		  domain = "";
@@ -1404,6 +1466,8 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		serv->domain = domain;
 		serv->flags = domain ? SERV_HAS_DOMAIN : SERV_FOR_NODOTS;
 		arg = end;
+		if (rebind)
+		  break;
 	      }
 	    if (!newlist)
 	      {
@@ -1424,13 +1488,23 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	    if (!(newlist->flags & SERV_TYPE))
 	      option = '?';
 	  }
+	else if (option == LOPT_NO_REBIND)
+	  newlist->flags |= SERV_NO_REBIND;
 	
 	if (!arg || !*arg)
 	  {
+	    if (!(newlist->flags & SERV_NO_REBIND))
 	      newlist->flags |= SERV_NO_ADDR; /* no server */
 	    if (newlist->flags & SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS)
 	      option = '?';
 	  }
+
+	else if (strcmp(arg, "#") == 0)
+	  {
+	    newlist->flags |= SERV_USE_RESOLV; /* treat in ordinary way */
+	    if (newlist->flags & SERV_LITERAL_ADDRESS)
+	      option = '?';
+	  }
 	else
 	  {
 	    int source_port = 0, serv_port = NAMESERVER_PORT;
@@ -1460,7 +1534,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		      {
 #if defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE)
 			newlist->source_addr.in.sin_addr.s_addr = INADDR_ANY;
-			strncpy(newlist->interface, source, IF_NAMESIZE);
+			strncpy(newlist->interface, source, IF_NAMESIZE - 1);
 #else
 			problem = _("interface binding not supported");
 #endif
@@ -1485,7 +1559,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		      {
 #if defined(SO_BINDTODEVICE)
 			newlist->source_addr.in6.sin6_addr = in6addr_any; 
-			strncpy(newlist->interface, source, IF_NAMESIZE);
+			strncpy(newlist->interface, source, IF_NAMESIZE - 1);
 #else
 			problem = _("interface binding not supported");
 #endif
@@ -1576,12 +1650,15 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
       
     case 'T':         /* --local-ttl */
     case LOPT_NEGTTL: /* --neg-ttl */
+    case LOPT_MAXTTL: /* --max-ttl */
       {
 	int ttl;
 	if (!atoi_check(arg, &ttl))
 	  option = '?';
 	else if (option == LOPT_NEGTTL)
 	  daemon->neg_ttl = (unsigned long)ttl;
+	else if (option == LOPT_MAXTTL)
+	  daemon->max_ttl = (unsigned long)ttl;
 	else
 	  daemon->local_ttl = (unsigned long)ttl;
 	break;
@@ -1595,12 +1672,34 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 #endif
       
 #ifdef HAVE_TFTP
+    case LOPT_TFTP:  /* --enable-tftp */
+      if (arg)
+	{
+	  struct interface_list *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct interface_list));
+	  new->interface = opt_string_alloc(arg);
+	  new->next = daemon->tftp_interfaces;
+	  daemon->tftp_interfaces = new;
+	}
+      else
+	daemon->tftp_unlimited = 1;
+      break;
+
     case LOPT_TFTP_MAX:  /*  --tftp-max */
       if (!atoi_check(arg, &daemon->tftp_max))
 	option = '?';
       break;  
 
     case LOPT_PREFIX: /* --tftp-prefix */
+      comma = split(arg);
+      if (comma)
+	{
+	  struct tftp_prefix *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct tftp_prefix));
+	  new->interface = opt_string_alloc(comma);
+	  new->prefix = opt_string_alloc(arg);
+	  new->next = daemon->if_prefix;
+	  daemon->if_prefix = new;
+	}
+      else
 	daemon->tftp_prefix = opt_string_alloc(arg);
       break;
 
@@ -1623,13 +1722,13 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
     case LOPT_BRIDGE:   /* --bridge-interface */
       {
 	struct dhcp_bridge *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_bridge));
-	if (!(comma = split(arg)))
+	if (!(comma = split(arg)) || strlen(arg) > IF_NAMESIZE - 1 )
 	  {
 	    problem = _("bad bridge-interface");
 	    break;
 	  }
 	
-	strncpy(new->iface, arg, IF_NAMESIZE);
+	strcpy(new->iface, arg);
 	new->alias = NULL;
 	new->next = daemon->bridges;
 	daemon->bridges = new;
@@ -1637,12 +1736,12 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	do {
 	  arg = comma;
 	  comma = split(arg);
-	  if (strlen(arg) != 0)
+	  if (strlen(arg) != 0 && strlen(arg) <= IF_NAMESIZE - 1)
 	    {
 	      struct dhcp_bridge *b = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_bridge)); 
 	      b->next = new->alias;
 	      new->alias = b;
-	      strncpy(b->iface, arg, IF_NAMESIZE);
+	      strcpy(b->iface, arg);
 	    }
 	} while (comma);
 	
@@ -1665,6 +1764,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	new->netid.net = NULL;
 	new->filter = NULL;
 	new->flags = 0;
+	new->interface = NULL;
 
 	gen_prob = _("bad dhcp-range");
 	
@@ -1682,7 +1782,9 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	    
 	    if (*cp != ',' && (comma = split(arg)))
 	      {
-		if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+		if (strstr(arg, "interface:") == arg)
+		  new->interface = opt_string_alloc(arg+10);
+		else if (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 		  {
 		    struct dhcp_netid *tt = opt_malloc(sizeof (struct dhcp_netid));
 		    tt->net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
@@ -1692,7 +1794,9 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		else
 		  {
 		    if (new->netid.net)
-		      problem = _("only one netid tag allowed");
+		      problem = _("only one tag allowed");
+		    else if (strstr(arg, "set:") == arg)
+		      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
 		    else
 		      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg);
 		  }
@@ -1800,6 +1904,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	new->next = daemon->dhcp_conf;
 	new->flags = (option == LOPT_BANK) ? CONFIG_BANK : 0;
 	new->hwaddr = NULL;
+	new->netid = NULL;
 
 	if ((a[0] = arg))
 	  for (k = 1; k < 6; k++)
@@ -1837,15 +1942,17 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 			}
 		    }
 		}
-	      else if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	      /* dhcp-host has strange backwards-compat needs. */
+	      else if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg || strstr(arg, "set:") == arg)
 		{
-		  int len = strlen(arg + 4) + 1;
+		  struct dhcp_netid *newtag = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid));
-		  if ((new->netid.net = opt_malloc(len)))
+		  struct dhcp_netid_list *newlist = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid_list));
-		    {
+		  newtag->net = opt_malloc(strlen(arg + 4) + 1);
-		      new->flags |= CONFIG_NETID;
+		  newlist->next = new->netid;
-		      strcpy(new->netid.net, arg+4);
+		  new->netid = newlist;
-		      unhide_metas(new->netid.net);
+		  newlist->list = newtag;
-		    }
+		  strcpy(newtag->net, arg+4);
+		  unhide_metas(newtag->net);
 		}
 	      else 
 		{
@@ -1930,6 +2037,72 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	break;
       }
 
+    case LOPT_TAG_IF:  /* --tag-if */
+      {
+	struct tag_if *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct tag_if));
+		
+	new->tag = NULL;
+	new->set = NULL;
+	new->next = NULL;
+	
+	/* preserve order */
+	if (!daemon->tag_if)
+	  daemon->tag_if = new;
+	else
+	  {
+	    struct tag_if *tmp;
+	    for (tmp = daemon->tag_if; tmp->next; tmp = tmp->next);
+	    tmp->next = new;
+	  }
+
+	while (arg)
+	  {
+	    size_t len;
+
+	    comma = split(arg);
+	    len = strlen(arg);
+
+	    if (len < 5)
+	      {
+		new->set = NULL;
+		break;
+	      }
+	    else
+	      {
+		struct dhcp_netid *newtag = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid));
+		newtag->net = opt_malloc(len - 3);
+		strcpy(newtag->net, arg+4);
+		unhide_metas(newtag->net);
+
+		if (strstr(arg, "set:") == arg)
+		  {
+		    struct dhcp_netid_list *newlist = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid_list));
+		    newlist->next = new->set;
+		    new->set = newlist;
+		    newlist->list = newtag;
+		  }
+		else if (strstr(arg, "tag:") == arg)
+		  {
+		    newtag->next = new->tag;
+		    new->tag = newtag;
+		  }
+		else 
+		  {
+		    new->set = NULL;
+		    break;
+		  }
+	      }
+	    
+	    arg = comma;
+	  }
+
+	if (!new->set)
+	  problem = _("bad tag-if");
+	  
+	break;
+      }
+
+      
     case 'O':           /* --dhcp-option */
     case LOPT_FORCE:    /* --dhcp-option-force */
     case LOPT_OPTS:
@@ -1943,7 +2116,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
     case 'M': /* --dhcp-boot */
       {
 	struct dhcp_netid *id = NULL;
-	while (arg && strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	while (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 	  {
 	    struct dhcp_netid *newid = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid));
 	    newid->next = id;
@@ -1997,7 +2170,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	 new->netid = NULL;
 	 new->opt = 10; /* PXE_MENU_PROMPT */
 
-	 while (arg && strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	 while (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 	  {
 	     struct dhcp_netid *nn = opt_malloc(sizeof (struct dhcp_netid));
 	     comma = split(arg);
@@ -2043,7 +2216,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	 new->netid = NULL;
 	 new->server.s_addr = 0;
 
-	 while (arg && strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	 while (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 	   {
 	     struct dhcp_netid *nn = opt_malloc(sizeof (struct dhcp_netid));
 	     comma = split(arg);
@@ -2067,7 +2240,12 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		 new->CSA = i;
 		 new->menu = opt_string_alloc(arg);
 		 
-		 if (comma)
+		 if (!comma)
+		   {
+		     new->type = 0; /* local boot */
+		     new->basename = NULL;
+		   }
+		 else
 		   {
 		     arg = comma;
 		     comma = split(arg);
@@ -2084,6 +2262,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		     
 		     if (comma && (new->server.s_addr = inet_addr(comma)) == (in_addr_t)-1)
 		       option = '?';
+		   }
 
 		 /* Order matters */
 		 new->next = NULL;
@@ -2098,7 +2277,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 		 
 		 daemon->enable_pxe = 1;
 		 break;
-		   }
+		
 	       }
 	   }
 	 
@@ -2113,10 +2292,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	else
 	  {
 	    struct dhcp_mac *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_mac));
-	    if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	    new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(set_prefix(arg));
-	      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
-	    else
-	      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg);
 	    unhide_metas(comma);
 	    new->hwaddr_len = parse_hex(comma, new->hwaddr, DHCP_CHADDR_MAX, &new->mask, &new->hwaddr_type);
 	    new->next = daemon->dhcp_macs;
@@ -2138,10 +2314,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	    char *p;
 	    int dig = 0;
 	    struct dhcp_vendor *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_vendor));
-	    if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	    new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(set_prefix(arg));
-	      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
-	    else
-	      new->netid.net = opt_string_alloc(arg);
 	    /* check for hex string - must digits may include : must not have nothing else, 
 	       only allowed for agent-options. */
 	    for (p = comma; *p; p++)
@@ -2208,6 +2381,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
     case LOPT_NO_NAMES:  /* --dhcp-ignore-names */
     case LOPT_BROADCAST: /* --dhcp-broadcast */
     case '3':            /* --bootp-dynamic */
+    case LOPT_GEN_NAMES: /* --dhcp-generate-names */
       {
 	struct dhcp_netid_list *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct dhcp_netid_list));
 	struct dhcp_netid *list = NULL;
@@ -2226,6 +2400,11 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	    new->next = daemon->bootp_dynamic;
 	    daemon->bootp_dynamic = new;
 	  }
+	else if (option == LOPT_GEN_NAMES)
+	  {
+	    new->next = daemon->dhcp_gen_names;
+	    daemon->dhcp_gen_names = new;
+	  }
 	else
 	  {
 	    new->next = daemon->dhcp_ignore_names;
@@ -2237,7 +2416,7 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	  comma = split(arg);
 	  member->next = list;
 	  list = member;
-	  if (strstr(arg, "net:") == arg)
+	  if (is_tag_prefix(arg))
 	    member->net = opt_string_alloc(arg+4);
 	  else
 	    member->net = opt_string_alloc(arg);
@@ -2247,6 +2426,19 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 	new->list = list;
 	break;
       }
+
+    case LOPT_PROXY: /* --dhcp-proxy */
+      daemon->override = 1;
+      while (arg) {
+	struct addr_list *new = opt_malloc(sizeof(struct addr_list));
+	comma = split(arg);
+	if ((new->addr.s_addr = inet_addr(arg)) == (in_addr_t)-1)
+	  problem = _("bad dhcp-proxy address");
+	new->next = daemon->override_relays;
+	daemon->override_relays = new;
+	arg = comma;
+      }
+      break;
 #endif
       
     case 'V':  /* --alias */
@@ -2527,9 +2719,8 @@ static char *one_opt(int option, char *arg, char *gen_prob, int nest)
 static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)	
 {
   volatile int lineno = 0;
-  int i, option; 
   FILE *f;
-  char *p, *arg, *start, *buff = daemon->namebuff;
+  char *buff = daemon->namebuff;
   static struct fileread {
     dev_t dev;
     ino_t ino;
@@ -2575,9 +2766,9 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
   
   while (fgets(buff, MAXDNAME, f))
     {
-      int white;
+      int white, i, option; ;
-      unsigned int lastquote;
+      char *errmess, *p, *arg, *start;
-      char *errmess;
+      size_t len;
 
       /* Memory allocation failure longjmps here if mem_recover == 1 */ 
       if (hard_opt)
@@ -2592,12 +2783,12 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
       
       /* Implement quotes, inside quotes we allow \\ \" \n and \t 
 	 metacharacters get hidden also strip comments */
-      
+      for (white = 1, p = buff; *p; p++)
-      for (white = 1, lastquote = 0, p = buff; *p; p++)
 	{
 	  if (*p == '"')
 	    {
 	      memmove(p, p+1, strlen(p+1)+1);
+
 	      for(; *p && *p != '"'; p++)
 		{
 		  if (*p == '\\' && strchr("\"tnebr\\", p[1]))
@@ -2616,40 +2807,51 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
 		    }
 		  *p = hide_meta(*p);
 		}
-	      if (*p == '"') 
+
-		{
+	      if (*p == 0) 
-		  memmove(p, p+1, strlen(p+1)+1);
-		  lastquote = p - buff;
-		}
-	      else
 		{
 		  errmess = _("missing \"");
 		  goto oops; 
 		}
+
+	      memmove(p, p+1, strlen(p+1)+1);
 	    }
 
+	  if (isspace(*p))
+	    {
+	      *p = ' ';
+	      white = 1;
+	    }
+	  else 
+	    {
 	      if (white && *p == '#')
 		{ 
 		  *p = 0;
 		  break;
 		}
-	  white = isspace((int)unhide_meta(*p)); 
+	      white = 0;
+	    } 
 	}
 
-      /* fgets gets end of line char too. */
-      while (strlen(buff) > lastquote && isspace((int)unhide_meta(buff[strlen(buff)-1])))
-	buff[strlen(buff)-1] = 0;
       
-      if (*buff == 0)
+      /* strip leading spaces */
+      for (start = buff; *start && *start == ' '; start++);
+      
+      /* strip trailing spaces */
+      for (len = strlen(start); (len != 0) && (start[len-1] == ' '); len--);
+      
+      if (len == 0)
 	continue; 
+      else
+	start[len] = 0;
       
       if (hard_opt != 0)
-	arg = buff;
+	arg = start;
-      else if ((p=strchr(buff, '=')))
+      else if ((p=strchr(start, '=')))
 	{
 	  /* allow spaces around "=" */
-	  arg = p+1;
+	  for (arg = p+1; *arg == ' '; arg++);
-	  for (; p >= buff && (isspace((int)*p) || *p == '='); p--)
+	  for (; p >= start && (*p == ' ' || *p == '='); p--)
 	    *p = 0;
 	}
       else
@@ -2659,9 +2861,6 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
 	option = hard_opt;
       else
 	{
-	  /* skip leading space */
-	  for (start = buff; *start && isspace((int)*start); start++);
-	  
 	  for (option = 0, i = 0; opts[i].name; i++) 
 	    if (strcmp(opts[i].name, start) == 0)
 	      {
@@ -2678,12 +2877,7 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
 	}
 	  
       if (!errmess)
-	{
-	  if (arg)
-	    for (; isspace((int)*arg); arg++);
-	  
 	errmess = one_opt(option, arg, _("error"), nest + 1);
-	}
       
       if (errmess)
 	{
@@ -2696,7 +2890,7 @@ static void one_file(char *file, int nest, int hard_opt)
 	}
     }
 
-  mem_recover = 1;
+  mem_recover = 0;
   fclose(f);
 }
 
@@ -2715,16 +2909,24 @@ void reread_dhcp(void)
 	  if (configs->flags & CONFIG_BANK)
 	    {
 	      struct hwaddr_config *mac, *tmp;
+	      struct dhcp_netid_list *list, *tmplist;
 	      
 	      for (mac = configs->hwaddr; mac; mac = tmp)
 		{
 		  tmp = mac->next;
 		  free(mac);
 		}
+
 	      if (configs->flags & CONFIG_CLID)
 		free(configs->clid);
-	      if (configs->flags & CONFIG_NETID)
+
-		free(configs->netid.net);
+	      for (list = configs->netid; list; list = tmplist)
+		{
+		  free(list->list);
+		  tmplist = list->next;
+		  free(list);
+		}
+	      
 	      if (configs->flags & CONFIG_NAME)
 		free(configs->hostname);
 	      

src/rfc1035.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -513,26 +513,31 @@ unsigned char *find_pseudoheader(HEADER *header, size_t plen, size_t  *len, unsi
       
   
 /* is addr in the non-globally-routed IP space? */ 
-static int private_net(struct in_addr addr) 
+static int private_net(struct in_addr addr, int ban_localhost) 
 {
   in_addr_t ip_addr = ntohl(addr.s_addr);
 
   return
-    ((ip_addr & 0xFF000000) == 0x7F000000)  /* 127.0.0.0/8    (loopback) */ || 
+    (((ip_addr & 0xFF000000) == 0x7F000000) && ban_localhost)  /* 127.0.0.0/8    (loopback) */ || 
     ((ip_addr & 0xFFFF0000) == 0xC0A80000)  /* 192.168.0.0/16 (private)  */ ||
     ((ip_addr & 0xFF000000) == 0x0A000000)  /* 10.0.0.0/8     (private)  */ ||
     ((ip_addr & 0xFFF00000) == 0xAC100000)  /* 172.16.0.0/12  (private)  */ ||
     ((ip_addr & 0xFFFF0000) == 0xA9FE0000)  /* 169.254.0.0/16 (zeroconf) */ ;
 }
 
-static unsigned char *do_doctor(unsigned char *p, int count, HEADER *header, size_t qlen)
+static unsigned char *do_doctor(unsigned char *p, int count, HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name)
 {
   int i, qtype, qclass, rdlen;
   unsigned long ttl;
 
   for (i = count; i != 0; i--)
     {
-      if (!(p = skip_name(p, header, qlen, 10)))
+      if (name && (daemon->options & OPT_LOG))
+	{
+	  if (!extract_name(header, qlen, &p, name, 1, 10))
+	    return 0;
+	}
+      else if (!(p = skip_name(p, header, qlen, 10)))
 	return 0; /* bad packet */
       
       GETSHORT(qtype, p); 
@@ -540,7 +545,7 @@ static unsigned char *do_doctor(unsigned char *p, int count, HEADER *header, siz
       GETLONG(ttl, p);
       GETSHORT(rdlen, p);
       
-      if ((qclass == C_IN) && (qtype == T_A))
+      if (qclass == C_IN && qtype == T_A)
 	{
 	  struct doctor *doctor;
 	  struct in_addr addr;
@@ -570,6 +575,30 @@ static unsigned char *do_doctor(unsigned char *p, int count, HEADER *header, siz
 	      break;
 	    }
 	}
+      else if (qtype == T_TXT && name && (daemon->options & OPT_LOG))
+	{
+	  unsigned char *p1 = p;
+	  if (!CHECK_LEN(header, p1, qlen, rdlen))
+	    return 0;
+	  while ((p1 - p) < rdlen)
+	    {
+	      unsigned int i, len = *p1;
+	      unsigned char *p2 = p1;
+	      /* make counted string zero-term  and sanitise */
+	      for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
+		if (isprint(*(p2+1)))
+		  {
+		    *p2 = *(p2+1);
+		    p2++;
+		  }
+	      *p2 = 0;
+	      my_syslog(LOG_DEBUG, "reply %s is %s", name, p1);
+	      /* restore */
+	      memmove(p1 + 1, p1, len);
+	      *p1 = len;
+	      p1 += len+1;
+	    }
+	}		  
       
       if (!ADD_RDLEN(header, p, qlen, rdlen))
 	 return 0; /* bad packet */
@@ -578,7 +607,7 @@ static unsigned char *do_doctor(unsigned char *p, int count, HEADER *header, siz
   return p; 
 }
 
-static int find_soa(HEADER *header, size_t qlen)
+static int find_soa(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name)
 {
   unsigned char *p;
   int qtype, qclass, rdlen;
@@ -587,7 +616,7 @@ static int find_soa(HEADER *header, size_t qlen)
   
   /* first move to NS section and find TTL from any SOA section */
   if (!(p = skip_questions(header, qlen)) ||
-      !(p = do_doctor(p, ntohs(header->ancount), header, qlen)))
+      !(p = do_doctor(p, ntohs(header->ancount), header, qlen, name)))
     return 0;  /* bad packet */
   
   for (i = ntohs(header->nscount); i != 0; i--)
@@ -623,7 +652,7 @@ static int find_soa(HEADER *header, size_t qlen)
     }
   
   /* rewrite addresses in additioal section too */
-  if (!do_doctor(p, ntohs(header->arcount), header, qlen))
+  if (!do_doctor(p, ntohs(header->arcount), header, qlen, NULL))
     return 0;
   
   if (!found_soa)
@@ -635,8 +664,8 @@ static int find_soa(HEADER *header, size_t qlen)
 /* Note that the following code can create CNAME chains that don't point to a real record,
    either because of lack of memory, or lack of SOA records.  These are treated by the cache code as 
    expired and cleaned out that way. 
-   Return 1 if we reject an address because it look like parct of dns-rebinding attack. */
+   Return 1 if we reject an address because it look like part of dns-rebinding attack. */
-int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
+int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now, int is_sign, int check_rebind)
 {
   unsigned char *p, *p1, *endrr, *namep;
   int i, j, qtype, qclass, aqtype, aqclass, ardlen, res, searched_soa = 0;
@@ -645,11 +674,11 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 
   cache_start_insert();
 
-  /* find_soa is needed for dns_doctor side-effects, so don't call it lazily if there are any. */
+  /* find_soa is needed for dns_doctor and logging side-effects, so don't call it lazily if there are any. */
-  if (daemon->doctors)
+  if (daemon->doctors || (daemon->options & OPT_LOG))
     {
       searched_soa = 1;
-      ttl = find_soa(header, qlen);
+      ttl = find_soa(header, qlen, name);
     }
   
   /* go through the questions. */
@@ -698,6 +727,11 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 		  GETSHORT(aqtype, p1); 
 		  GETSHORT(aqclass, p1);
 		  GETLONG(attl, p1);
+		  if ((daemon->max_ttl != 0) && (attl > daemon->max_ttl) && !is_sign)
+		    {
+		      (p1) -= NS_INT32SZ;
+		      PUTLONG(daemon->max_ttl, p1);
+		    }
 		  GETSHORT(ardlen, p1);
 		  endrr = p1+ardlen;
 		  
@@ -732,7 +766,7 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 	      if (!searched_soa)
 		{
 		  searched_soa = 1;
-		  ttl = find_soa(header, qlen);
+		  ttl = find_soa(header, qlen, NULL);
 		}
 	      if (ttl)
 		cache_insert(NULL, &addr, now, ttl, name_encoding | F_REVERSE | F_NEG | flags);	
@@ -773,6 +807,11 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 		  GETSHORT(aqtype, p1); 
 		  GETSHORT(aqclass, p1);
 		  GETLONG(attl, p1);
+		  if ((daemon->max_ttl != 0) && (attl > daemon->max_ttl) && !is_sign)
+		    {
+		      (p1) -= NS_INT32SZ;
+		      PUTLONG(daemon->max_ttl, p1);
+		    }
 		  GETSHORT(ardlen, p1);
 		  endrr = p1+ardlen;
 		  
@@ -807,9 +846,9 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 			  memcpy(&addr, p1, addrlen);
 			  
 			  /* check for returned address in private space */
-			  if ((daemon->options & OPT_NO_REBIND) &&
+			  if (check_rebind &&
 			      (flags & F_IPV4) &&
-			      private_net(addr.addr.addr4))
+			      private_net(addr.addr.addr4, !(daemon->options & OPT_LOCAL_REBIND)))
 			    return 1;
 			  
 			  newc = cache_insert(name, &addr, now, attl, flags | F_FORWARD);
@@ -833,7 +872,7 @@ int extract_addresses(HEADER *header, size_t qlen, char *name, time_t now)
 	      if (!searched_soa)
 		{
 		  searched_soa = 1;
-		  ttl = find_soa(header, qlen);
+		  ttl = find_soa(header, qlen, NULL);
 		}
 	      /* If there's no SOA to get the TTL from, but there is a CNAME 
 		 pointing at this, inherit its TTL */
@@ -1120,7 +1159,11 @@ static unsigned long crec_ttl(struct crec *crecp, time_t now)
   if  (crecp->flags & (F_IMMORTAL | F_DHCP))
     return daemon->local_ttl;
   
+  /* Return the Max TTL value if it is lower then the actual TTL */
+  if (daemon->max_ttl == 0 || ((unsigned)(crecp->ttd - now) < daemon->max_ttl))
     return crecp->ttd - now;
+  else
+    return daemon->max_ttl;
 }
   
 
@@ -1302,7 +1345,7 @@ size_t answer_request(HEADER *header, char *limit, size_t qlen,
 		  } while ((crecp = cache_find_by_addr(crecp, &addr, now, is_arpa)));
 	      else if (is_arpa == F_IPV4 && 
 		       (daemon->options & OPT_BOGUSPRIV) && 
-		       private_net(addr.addr.addr4))
+		       private_net(addr.addr.addr4, 1))
 		{
 		  /* if not in cache, enabled and private IPV4 address, return NXDOMAIN */
 		  ans = 1;
@@ -1327,12 +1370,34 @@ size_t answer_request(HEADER *header, char *limit, size_t qlen,
 	      if (qtype != type && qtype != T_ANY)
 		continue;
 	      
-	      /* Check for "A for A"  queries */
+	      /* Check for "A for A"  queries; be rather conservative 
-	      if (qtype == T_A && (addr.addr.addr4.s_addr = inet_addr(name)) != (in_addr_t) -1)
+		 about what looks like dotted-quad.  */
+	      if (qtype == T_A)
+		{
+		  char *cp;
+		  unsigned int i, a;
+		  int x;
+
+		  for (cp = name, i = 0, a = 0; *cp; i++)
+		    {
+		      if (!isdigit(*cp) || (x = strtol(cp, &cp, 10)) > 255) 
+			{
+			  i = 5;
+			  break;
+			}
+		      
+		      a = (a << 8) + x;
+		      
+		      if (*cp == '.') 
+			cp++;
+		    }
+		  
+		  if (i == 4)
 		    {
 		      ans = 1;
 		      if (!dryrun)
 			{
+			  addr.addr.addr4.s_addr = htonl(a);
 			  log_query(F_FORWARD | F_CONFIG | F_IPV4, name, &addr, NULL);
 			  if (add_resource_record(header, limit, &trunc, nameoffset, &ansp, 
 						  daemon->local_ttl, NULL, type, C_IN, "4", &addr))
@@ -1340,6 +1405,7 @@ size_t answer_request(HEADER *header, char *limit, size_t qlen,
 			}
 		      continue;
 		    }
+		}
 
 	      /* interface name stuff */
 	      if (qtype == T_A)

src/tftp.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_TFTP
 
-static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len);
+static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len, char *prefix, int special);
 static void free_transfer(struct tftp_transfer *transfer);
 static ssize_t tftp_err(int err, char *packet, char *mess, char *file);
 static ssize_t tftp_err_oops(char *packet, char *file);
@@ -47,13 +47,20 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
   struct msghdr msg;
   struct iovec iov;
   struct ifreq ifr;
-  int is_err = 1, if_index = 0, mtu = 0;
+  int is_err = 1, if_index = 0, mtu = 0, special = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP
   struct iname *tmp;
+#endif
   struct tftp_transfer *transfer;
   int port = daemon->start_tftp_port; /* may be zero to use ephemeral port */
 #if defined(IP_MTU_DISCOVER) && defined(IP_PMTUDISC_DONT)
   int mtuflag = IP_PMTUDISC_DONT;
 #endif
+  char namebuff[IF_NAMESIZE];
+  char *name;
+  char *prefix = daemon->tftp_prefix;
+  struct tftp_prefix *pref;
+  struct interface_list *ir;
 
   union {
     struct cmsghdr align; /* this ensures alignment */
@@ -87,11 +94,13 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
     {
       addr = listen->iface->addr.in;
       mtu = listen->iface->mtu;
+      name = listen->iface->name;
     }
   else
     {
-      char name[IF_NAMESIZE];
       struct cmsghdr *cmptr;
+      int check;
+      struct interface_list *ir;
 
       addr.sin_addr.s_addr = 0;
       
@@ -99,42 +108,87 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
       for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
 	if (cmptr->cmsg_level == SOL_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_PKTINFO)
 	  {
-	    addr.sin_addr = ((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_spec_dst;
+	    union {
-	    if_index = ((struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->ipi_ifindex;
+	      unsigned char *c;
+	      struct in_pktinfo *p;
+	    } p;
+	    p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
+	    addr.sin_addr = p.p->ipi_spec_dst;
+	    if_index = p.p->ipi_ifindex;
 	  }
       
 #elif defined(HAVE_SOLARIS_NETWORK)
       for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
+	{
+	  union {
+	    unsigned char *c;
+	    struct in_addr *a;
+	    unsigned int *i;
+	  } p;
+	  p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
 	  if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVDSTADDR)
-	  addr.sin_addr = *((struct in_addr *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+	    addr.sin_addr = *(p.a);
 	  else if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVIF)
-	  if_index = *((unsigned int *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+	    if_index = *(p.i);
-
+	}
 
 #elif defined(IP_RECVDSTADDR) && defined(IP_RECVIF)
       for (cmptr = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&msg); cmptr; cmptr = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmptr))
+	{
+	  union {
+	    unsigned char *c;
+	    struct in_addr *a;
+	    struct sockaddr_dl *s;
+	  } p;
+	  p.c = CMSG_DATA(cmptr);
 	  if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVDSTADDR)
-	  addr.sin_addr = *((struct in_addr *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr));
+	    addr.sin_addr = *(p.a);
 	  else if (cmptr->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IP && cmptr->cmsg_type == IP_RECVIF)
-	  if_index = ((struct sockaddr_dl *)CMSG_DATA(cmptr))->sdl_index;
+	    if_index = p.s->sdl_index;
+	}
 	  
 #endif
       
-      if (!indextoname(listen->tftpfd, if_index, name) ||
+      if (!indextoname(listen->tftpfd, if_index, namebuff) ||
-	  addr.sin_addr.s_addr == 0 ||
+	  addr.sin_addr.s_addr == 0)
-	  !iface_check(AF_INET, (struct all_addr *)&addr.sin_addr, name, &if_index))
 	return;
 
+      name = namebuff;
+      check = iface_check(AF_INET, (struct all_addr *)&addr.sin_addr, name, &if_index);
+
+      /* wierd TFTP service override */
+      for (ir = daemon->tftp_interfaces; ir; ir = ir->next)
+	if (strcmp(ir->interface, name) == 0)
+	  break;
+       
+      if (!ir)
+	{
+	  if (!daemon->tftp_unlimited || !check)
+	    return;
+	  
+#ifdef HAVE_DHCP      
 	  /* allowed interfaces are the same as for DHCP */
 	  for (tmp = daemon->dhcp_except; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
 	    if (tmp->name && (strcmp(tmp->name, name) == 0))
 	      return;
+#endif
+	}
 
-      strncpy(name, ifr.ifr_name, IF_NAMESIZE);
+      strncpy(ifr.ifr_name, name, IF_NAMESIZE);
       if (ioctl(listen->tftpfd, SIOCGIFMTU, &ifr) != -1)
 	mtu = ifr.ifr_mtu;      
     }
   
+  /* check for per-interface prefix */ 
+  for (pref = daemon->if_prefix; pref; pref = pref->next)
+    if (strcmp(pref->interface, name) == 0)
+      prefix = pref->prefix;
+
+  /* wierd TFTP interfaces disable special options. */
+  for (ir = daemon->tftp_interfaces; ir; ir = ir->next)
+    if (strcmp(ir->interface, name) == 0)
+      special = 1;
+
   addr.sin_port = htons(port);
   addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
 #ifdef HAVE_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN
@@ -202,7 +256,7 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
 	  if (strcasecmp(opt, "blksize") == 0)
 	    {
 	      if ((opt = next(&p, end)) &&
-		  !(daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_NOBLOCK))
+		  (special || !(daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_NOBLOCK)))
 		{
 		  transfer->blocksize = atoi(opt);
 		  if (transfer->blocksize < 1)
@@ -228,15 +282,15 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
 	*p = '/';
 
       strcpy(daemon->namebuff, "/");
-      if (daemon->tftp_prefix)
+      if (prefix)
 	{
-	  if (daemon->tftp_prefix[0] == '/')
+	  if (prefix[0] == '/')
 	    daemon->namebuff[0] = 0;
-	  strncat(daemon->namebuff, daemon->tftp_prefix, (MAXDNAME-1) - strlen(daemon->namebuff));
+	  strncat(daemon->namebuff, prefix, (MAXDNAME-1) - strlen(daemon->namebuff));
-	  if (daemon->tftp_prefix[strlen(daemon->tftp_prefix)-1] != '/')
+	  if (prefix[strlen(prefix)-1] != '/')
 	    strncat(daemon->namebuff, "/", (MAXDNAME-1) - strlen(daemon->namebuff));
 
-	  if (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_APREF)
+	  if (!special && (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_APREF))
 	    {
 	      size_t oldlen = strlen(daemon->namebuff);
 	      struct stat statbuf;
@@ -263,7 +317,7 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
       strncat(daemon->namebuff, filename, (MAXDNAME-1) - strlen(daemon->namebuff));
 
       /* check permissions and open file */
-      if ((transfer->file = check_tftp_fileperm(&len)))
+      if ((transfer->file = check_tftp_fileperm(&len, prefix, special)))
 	{
 	  if ((len = get_block(packet, transfer)) == -1)
 	    len = tftp_err_oops(packet, daemon->namebuff);
@@ -279,13 +333,13 @@ void tftp_request(struct listener *listen, time_t now)
     free_transfer(transfer);
   else
     {
-      my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_INFO, _("TFTP sent %s to %s"), daemon->namebuff, inet_ntoa(peer.sin_addr));
+      my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_INFO, _("sent %s to %s"), daemon->namebuff, inet_ntoa(peer.sin_addr));
       transfer->next = daemon->tftp_trans;
       daemon->tftp_trans = transfer;
     }
 }
  
-static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len)
+static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len, char *prefix, int special)
 {
   char *packet = daemon->packet, *namebuff = daemon->namebuff;
   struct tftp_file *file;
@@ -295,7 +349,7 @@ static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len)
   int fd = -1;
 
   /* trick to ban moving out of the subtree */
-  if (daemon->tftp_prefix && strstr(namebuff, "/../"))
+  if (prefix && strstr(namebuff, "/../"))
     goto perm;
   
   if ((fd = open(namebuff, O_RDONLY)) == -1)
@@ -322,7 +376,7 @@ static struct tftp_file *check_tftp_fileperm(ssize_t *len)
 	goto perm;
     }
   /* in secure mode, must be owned by user running dnsmasq */
-  else if ((daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_SECURE) && uid != statbuf.st_uid)
+  else if (!special && (daemon->options & OPT_TFTP_SECURE) && uid != statbuf.st_uid)
     goto perm;
       
   /* If we're doing many tranfers from the same file, only 
@@ -413,7 +467,7 @@ void check_tftp_listeners(fd_set *rset, time_t now)
 			  *(q++) = *r;
 		      *q = 0;
 		    }
-		  my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, _("TFTP error %d %s received from %s"),
+		  my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, _("error %d %s received from %s"),
 			    (int)ntohs(mess->block), err, 
 			    inet_ntoa(transfer->peer.sin_addr));	
 		  
@@ -444,7 +498,7 @@ void check_tftp_listeners(fd_set *rset, time_t now)
 	      /* don't complain about timeout when we're awaiting the last
 		 ACK, some clients never send it */
 	      if (len != 0)
-		my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, _("TFTP failed sending %s to %s"), 
+		my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, _("failed sending %s to %s"), 
 			  transfer->file->filename, inet_ntoa(transfer->peer.sin_addr));
 	      len = 0;
 	    }
@@ -503,7 +557,7 @@ static ssize_t tftp_err(int err, char *packet, char *message, char *file)
   mess->op = htons(OP_ERR);
   mess->err = htons(err);
   ret += (snprintf(mess->message, 500,  message, file, errstr) + 1);
-  my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, "TFTP %s", mess->message);
+  my_syslog(MS_TFTP | LOG_ERR, "%s", mess->message);
   
   return  ret;
 }

src/util.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 Simon Kelley
+/* dnsmasq is Copyright (c) 2000-2010 Simon Kelley
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by